Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/dispnew.c @ 30650:db7dfd959c19
Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
| author | Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Mon, 07 Aug 2000 15:43:46 +0000 |
| parents | 4cd1b8fe118c |
| children | fee809f81f97 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 314 | 1 /* Updating of data structures for redisplay. |
|
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 1999 |
|
18853
4501a367a887
(direct_output_forward_char): Reenable check against
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18774
diff
changeset
|
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 314 | 4 |
| 5 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
| 6 | |
| 7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
| 8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
|
1777
4edfaa19c7a7
* window.c (window_internal_width): New function.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1766
diff
changeset
|
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
| 314 | 10 any later version. |
| 11 | |
| 12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
| 13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
| 14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
| 15 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
| 16 | |
| 17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
| 18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
|
14186
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14125
diff
changeset
|
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
|
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14125
diff
changeset
|
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ |
| 314 | 21 |
|
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
22 #include <config.h> |
| 314 | 23 #include <signal.h> |
|
7900
60795e826dad
Put stdio.h after config.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7814
diff
changeset
|
24 #include <stdio.h> |
| 314 | 25 #include <ctype.h> |
| 26 | |
| 21514 | 27 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H |
| 28 #include <unistd.h> | |
| 29 #endif | |
| 30 | |
|
3525
58e789baa27a
Include lisp.h earlier (before termhooks.h).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3517
diff
changeset
|
31 #include "lisp.h" |
| 314 | 32 #include "termchar.h" |
| 33 #include "termopts.h" | |
| 2198 | 34 #include "termhooks.h" |
|
13526
34382f4e23cb
Always include dispextern.h before cm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13448
diff
changeset
|
35 /* cm.h must come after dispextern.h on Windows. */ |
|
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
36 #include "dispextern.h" |
|
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
37 #include "cm.h" |
| 314 | 38 #include "buffer.h" |
|
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
39 #include "charset.h" |
| 764 | 40 #include "frame.h" |
| 314 | 41 #include "window.h" |
| 42 #include "commands.h" | |
| 43 #include "disptab.h" | |
| 44 #include "indent.h" | |
|
4384
98605d0ea3cf
(direct_output_for_insert): Fail if character
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4290
diff
changeset
|
45 #include "intervals.h" |
| 15065 | 46 #include "blockinput.h" |
| 21514 | 47 #include "process.h" |
| 48 #include "keyboard.h" | |
| 314 | 49 |
|
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
50 /* I don't know why DEC Alpha OSF1 fail to compile this file if we |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
51 include the following file. */ |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
52 /* #include "systty.h" */ |
| 12917 | 53 #include "syssignal.h" |
| 554 | 54 |
| 314 | 55 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
| 56 #include "xterm.h" | |
| 25012 | 57 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ |
| 314 | 58 |
|
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
59 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
|
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
60 #include "w32term.h" |
|
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
61 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
|
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
62 |
| 25012 | 63 /* Include systime.h after xterm.h to avoid double inclusion of time.h. */ |
| 64 | |
|
7808
52e2eb6245d4
Include systime.h after xterm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7648
diff
changeset
|
65 #include "systime.h" |
|
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
66 #include <errno.h> |
|
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
67 |
| 25012 | 68 /* To get the prototype for `sleep'. */ |
| 69 | |
| 70 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H | |
| 71 #include <unistd.h> | |
| 72 #endif | |
| 73 | |
| 314 | 74 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) |
| 75 #define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) | |
| 76 | |
| 77 /* Get number of chars of output now in the buffer of a stdio stream. | |
| 25012 | 78 This ought to be built in in stdio, but it isn't. Some s- files |
| 79 override this because their stdio internals differ. */ | |
| 80 | |
|
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
81 #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ |
| 25012 | 82 |
| 83 /* The s- file might have overridden the definition with one that | |
| 84 works for the system's C library. But we are using the GNU C | |
| 85 library, so this is the right definition for every system. */ | |
| 86 | |
|
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
87 #ifdef GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
|
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
88 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
|
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
89 #else |
|
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
90 #undef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
|
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
91 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->__bufp - (FILE)->__buffer) |
|
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
92 #endif |
|
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
93 #else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
|
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
94 #if !defined (PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) && HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H && HAVE___FPENDING |
|
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
95 #include <stdio_ext.h> |
|
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
96 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) __fpending (FILE) |
|
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
97 #endif |
|
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
98 #ifndef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
| 314 | 99 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->_ptr - (FILE)->_base) |
| 100 #endif | |
| 25012 | 101 #endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
| 102 | |
| 29437 | 103 #if defined (LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
| 104 #include <term.h> /* for tgetent */ | |
| 105 #endif | |
| 25012 | 106 |
| 107 /* Structure to pass dimensions around. Used for character bounding | |
| 108 boxes, glyph matrix dimensions and alike. */ | |
| 109 | |
| 110 struct dim | |
| 111 { | |
| 112 int width; | |
| 113 int height; | |
| 114 }; | |
| 115 | |
| 116 | |
| 117 /* Function prototypes. */ | |
| 118 | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
119 static void redraw_overlapping_rows P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
120 static void redraw_overlapped_rows P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
| 25012 | 121 static int count_blanks P_ ((struct glyph *, int)); |
| 122 static int count_match P_ ((struct glyph *, struct glyph *, | |
| 123 struct glyph *, struct glyph *)); | |
| 124 static unsigned line_draw_cost P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int)); | |
| 125 static void update_frame_line P_ ((struct frame *, int)); | |
| 126 static struct dim allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay | |
| 127 P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, struct dim, int, int *)); | |
| 128 static void allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay P_ ((struct window *, | |
| 129 struct dim)); | |
| 130 static int realloc_glyph_pool P_ ((struct glyph_pool *, struct dim)); | |
| 131 static void adjust_frame_glyphs P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
| 132 struct glyph_matrix *new_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_pool *)); | |
| 133 static void free_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *)); | |
| 134 static void adjust_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_matrix *, | |
| 135 int, int, struct dim)); | |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
136 static void change_frame_size_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int, int)); |
| 25012 | 137 static void swap_glyph_pointers P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); |
|
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
138 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG |
| 25012 | 139 static int glyph_row_slice_p P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); |
|
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
140 #endif |
| 25012 | 141 static void fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int)); |
| 142 static void build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, | |
| 143 struct window *)); | |
| 144 static void build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, | |
| 145 struct window *)); | |
| 146 static struct glyph_pool *new_glyph_pool P_ ((void)); | |
| 147 static void free_glyph_pool P_ ((struct glyph_pool *)); | |
| 148 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_initially P_ ((void)); | |
| 149 static void adjust_frame_message_buffer P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
| 150 static void adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
| 151 static void fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *)); | |
| 152 static void build_frame_matrix P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
| 153 void clear_current_matrices P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
| 154 void scroll_glyph_matrix_range P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int, | |
| 155 int, int)); | |
| 156 static void clear_window_matrices P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
| 157 static void fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int)); | |
| 158 static int scrolling_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
|
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
159 static int update_window_line P_ ((struct window *, int, int *)); |
| 25012 | 160 static void update_marginal_area P_ ((struct window *, int, int)); |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
161 static int update_text_area P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
| 25012 | 162 static void make_current P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct glyph_matrix *, |
| 163 int)); | |
| 164 static void mirror_make_current P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
| 165 void check_window_matrix_pointers P_ ((struct window *)); | |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
166 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
| 25012 | 167 static void check_matrix_pointers P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, |
| 168 struct glyph_matrix *)); | |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
169 #endif |
| 25012 | 170 static void mirror_line_dance P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int *, char *)); |
| 171 static int update_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
| 172 static int update_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
| 173 static int update_frame_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int)); | |
| 174 static void set_window_cursor_after_update P_ ((struct window *)); | |
| 175 static int row_equal_p P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, | |
|
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
176 struct glyph_row *, int)); |
| 25012 | 177 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 178 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
| 179 static void reverse_rows P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int)); | |
| 180 static int margin_glyphs_to_reserve P_ ((struct window *, int, Lisp_Object)); | |
|
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
181 static void sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *)); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
182 struct window *frame_row_to_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
| 25012 | 183 |
| 184 | |
| 185 | |
| 186 /* Non-zero means don't pause redisplay for pending input. (This is | |
| 187 for debugging and for a future implementation of EDT-like | |
| 188 scrolling. */ | |
| 189 | |
| 190 int redisplay_dont_pause; | |
|
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
191 |
| 554 | 192 /* Nonzero upon entry to redisplay means do not assume anything about |
| 764 | 193 current contents of actual terminal frame; clear and redraw it. */ |
| 314 | 194 |
| 764 | 195 int frame_garbaged; |
| 314 | 196 |
| 25012 | 197 /* Nonzero means last display completed. Zero means it was preempted. */ |
| 314 | 198 |
| 199 int display_completed; | |
| 200 | |
| 25012 | 201 /* Lisp variable visible-bell; enables use of screen-flash instead of |
| 202 audible bell. */ | |
| 314 | 203 |
| 204 int visible_bell; | |
| 205 | |
| 764 | 206 /* Invert the color of the whole frame, at a low level. */ |
| 314 | 207 |
| 208 int inverse_video; | |
| 209 | |
| 210 /* Line speed of the terminal. */ | |
| 211 | |
| 212 int baud_rate; | |
| 213 | |
| 25012 | 214 /* Either nil or a symbol naming the window system under which Emacs |
| 215 is running. */ | |
| 314 | 216 |
| 217 Lisp_Object Vwindow_system; | |
| 218 | |
| 219 /* Version number of X windows: 10, 11 or nil. */ | |
| 25012 | 220 |
| 314 | 221 Lisp_Object Vwindow_system_version; |
| 222 | |
| 25012 | 223 /* Vector of glyph definitions. Indexed by glyph number, the contents |
| 224 are a string which is how to output the glyph. | |
| 314 | 225 |
| 226 If Vglyph_table is nil, a glyph is output by using its low 8 bits | |
| 25012 | 227 as a character code. |
| 228 | |
| 229 This is an obsolete feature that is no longer used. The variable | |
| 230 is retained for compatibility. */ | |
| 314 | 231 |
| 232 Lisp_Object Vglyph_table; | |
| 233 | |
| 234 /* Display table to use for vectors that don't specify their own. */ | |
| 235 | |
| 236 Lisp_Object Vstandard_display_table; | |
| 237 | |
| 25012 | 238 /* Nonzero means reading single-character input with prompt so put |
| 239 cursor on mini-buffer after the prompt. positive means at end of | |
| 240 text in echo area; negative means at beginning of line. */ | |
| 241 | |
| 314 | 242 int cursor_in_echo_area; |
|
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
243 |
|
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
244 Lisp_Object Qdisplay_table; |
| 25012 | 245 |
| 314 | 246 |
| 25012 | 247 /* The currently selected frame. In a single-frame version, this |
|
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
248 variable always equals the_only_frame. */ |
|
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
249 |
|
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
250 Lisp_Object selected_frame; |
| 25012 | 251 |
| 252 /* A frame which is not just a mini-buffer, or 0 if there are no such | |
| 764 | 253 frames. This is usually the most recent such frame that was |
| 9572 | 254 selected. In a single-frame version, this variable always holds |
| 255 the address of the_only_frame. */ | |
| 25012 | 256 |
| 257 struct frame *last_nonminibuf_frame; | |
| 258 | |
| 259 /* Stdio stream being used for copy of all output. */ | |
| 260 | |
| 261 FILE *termscript; | |
| 262 | |
| 263 /* Structure for info on cursor positioning. */ | |
| 264 | |
| 265 struct cm Wcm; | |
| 266 | |
| 267 /* 1 means SIGWINCH happened when not safe. */ | |
| 268 | |
| 269 int delayed_size_change; | |
| 270 | |
| 271 /* 1 means glyph initialization has been completed at startup. */ | |
| 272 | |
| 273 static int glyphs_initialized_initially_p; | |
| 274 | |
| 275 /* Updated window if != 0. Set by update_window. */ | |
| 276 | |
| 277 struct window *updated_window; | |
| 278 | |
| 279 /* Glyph row updated in update_window_line, and area that is updated. */ | |
| 280 | |
| 281 struct glyph_row *updated_row; | |
| 282 int updated_area; | |
| 283 | |
| 284 /* A glyph for a space. */ | |
| 285 | |
| 286 struct glyph space_glyph; | |
| 287 | |
| 288 /* Non-zero means update has been performed directly, so that there's | |
| 289 no need for redisplay_internal to do much work. Set by | |
| 290 direct_output_for_insert. */ | |
| 291 | |
| 292 int redisplay_performed_directly_p; | |
| 293 | |
| 294 /* Counts of allocated structures. These counts serve to diagnose | |
| 295 memory leaks and double frees. */ | |
| 296 | |
| 297 int glyph_matrix_count; | |
| 298 int glyph_pool_count; | |
| 299 | |
| 300 /* If non-null, the frame whose frame matrices are manipulated. If | |
| 301 null, window matrices are worked on. */ | |
| 302 | |
| 303 static struct frame *frame_matrix_frame; | |
| 304 | |
| 305 /* Current interface for window-based redisplay. Set from init_xterm. | |
| 306 A null value means we are not using window-based redisplay. */ | |
| 307 | |
| 308 struct redisplay_interface *rif; | |
| 309 | |
| 310 /* Non-zero means that fonts have been loaded since the last glyph | |
| 311 matrix adjustments. Redisplay must stop, and glyph matrices must | |
| 312 be adjusted when this flag becomes non-zero during display. The | |
| 313 reason fonts can be loaded so late is that fonts of fontsets are | |
| 314 loaded on demand. */ | |
| 315 | |
| 316 int fonts_changed_p; | |
| 317 | |
| 318 /* Convert vpos and hpos from frame to window and vice versa. | |
| 319 This may only be used for terminal frames. */ | |
| 320 | |
| 321 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
| 322 | |
| 323 static int window_to_frame_vpos P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
| 324 static int window_to_frame_hpos P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
| 325 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) window_to_frame_vpos ((W), (VPOS)) | |
| 326 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) window_to_frame_hpos ((W), (HPOS)) | |
| 327 | |
| 328 #else /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ | |
| 329 | |
| 330 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) ((VPOS) + XFASTINT ((W)->top)) | |
| 331 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) ((HPOS) + XFASTINT ((W)->left)) | |
| 332 | |
| 333 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ | |
| 334 | |
| 335 | |
| 336 /* Like bcopy except never gets confused by overlap. Let this be the | |
| 337 first function defined in this file, or change emacs.c where the | |
| 338 address of this function is used. */ | |
| 314 | 339 |
| 340 void | |
| 341 safe_bcopy (from, to, size) | |
| 342 char *from, *to; | |
| 343 int size; | |
| 344 { | |
|
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
345 if (size <= 0 || from == to) |
| 314 | 346 return; |
| 347 | |
|
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
348 /* If the source and destination don't overlap, then bcopy can |
|
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
349 handle it. If they do overlap, but the destination is lower in |
|
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
350 memory than the source, we'll assume bcopy can handle that. */ |
|
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
351 if (to < from || from + size <= to) |
|
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
352 bcopy (from, to, size); |
|
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
353 |
|
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
354 /* Otherwise, we'll copy from the end. */ |
|
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
355 else |
| 314 | 356 { |
|
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
357 register char *endf = from + size; |
|
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
358 register char *endt = to + size; |
| 314 | 359 |
| 360 /* If TO - FROM is large, then we should break the copy into | |
| 361 nonoverlapping chunks of TO - FROM bytes each. However, if | |
| 362 TO - FROM is small, then the bcopy function call overhead | |
| 363 makes this not worth it. The crossover point could be about | |
|
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
364 anywhere. Since I don't think the obvious copy loop is too |
|
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
365 bad, I'm trying to err in its favor. */ |
| 314 | 366 if (to - from < 64) |
| 367 { | |
| 368 do | |
| 369 *--endt = *--endf; | |
| 370 while (endf != from); | |
| 371 } | |
| 372 else | |
| 373 { | |
|
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
374 for (;;) |
| 314 | 375 { |
| 376 endt -= (to - from); | |
| 377 endf -= (to - from); | |
| 378 | |
|
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
379 if (endt < to) |
|
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
380 break; |
|
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
381 |
| 314 | 382 bcopy (endf, endt, to - from); |
| 383 } | |
|
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
384 |
|
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
385 /* If SIZE wasn't a multiple of TO - FROM, there will be a |
| 25012 | 386 little left over. The amount left over is (endt + (to - |
| 387 from)) - to, which is endt - from. */ | |
| 314 | 388 bcopy (from, to, endt - from); |
| 389 } | |
| 390 } | |
| 391 } | |
| 392 | |
| 25012 | 393 |
| 394 | |
| 395 /*********************************************************************** | |
| 396 Glyph Matrices | |
| 397 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 398 | |
| 399 /* Allocate and return a glyph_matrix structure. POOL is the glyph | |
| 400 pool from which memory for the matrix should be allocated, or null | |
| 401 for window-based redisplay where no glyph pools are used. The | |
| 402 member `pool' of the glyph matrix structure returned is set to | |
| 403 POOL, the structure is otherwise zeroed. */ | |
| 404 | |
| 405 struct glyph_matrix * | |
| 406 new_glyph_matrix (pool) | |
| 407 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
| 408 { | |
| 409 struct glyph_matrix *result; | |
| 410 | |
| 411 /* Allocate and clear. */ | |
| 412 result = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
| 413 bzero (result, sizeof *result); | |
| 414 | |
| 415 /* Increment number of allocated matrices. This count is used | |
| 416 to detect memory leaks. */ | |
| 417 ++glyph_matrix_count; | |
| 418 | |
| 419 /* Set pool and return. */ | |
| 420 result->pool = pool; | |
| 421 return result; | |
| 422 } | |
| 423 | |
| 424 | |
| 425 /* Free glyph matrix MATRIX. Passing in a null MATRIX is allowed. | |
| 426 | |
| 427 The global counter glyph_matrix_count is decremented when a matrix | |
| 428 is freed. If the count gets negative, more structures were freed | |
| 429 than allocated, i.e. one matrix was freed more than once or a bogus | |
| 430 pointer was passed to this function. | |
| 431 | |
| 432 If MATRIX->pool is null, this means that the matrix manages its own | |
| 433 glyph memory---this is done for matrices on X frames. Freeing the | |
| 434 matrix also frees the glyph memory in this case. */ | |
| 435 | |
| 436 static void | |
| 437 free_glyph_matrix (matrix) | |
| 438 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
| 439 { | |
| 440 if (matrix) | |
| 441 { | |
| 442 int i; | |
| 443 | |
| 444 /* Detect the case that more matrices are freed than were | |
| 445 allocated. */ | |
| 446 if (--glyph_matrix_count < 0) | |
| 447 abort (); | |
| 448 | |
| 449 /* Free glyph memory if MATRIX owns it. */ | |
| 450 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
| 451 for (i = 0; i < matrix->rows_allocated; ++i) | |
| 452 xfree (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]); | |
| 453 | |
| 454 /* Free row structures and the matrix itself. */ | |
| 455 xfree (matrix->rows); | |
| 456 xfree (matrix); | |
| 457 } | |
| 458 } | |
| 459 | |
| 460 | |
| 461 /* Return the number of glyphs to reserve for a marginal area of | |
| 462 window W. TOTAL_GLYPHS is the number of glyphs in a complete | |
| 463 display line of window W. MARGIN gives the width of the marginal | |
| 464 area in canonical character units. MARGIN should be an integer | |
| 465 or a float. */ | |
| 466 | |
| 467 static int | |
| 468 margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, total_glyphs, margin) | |
| 469 struct window *w; | |
| 470 int total_glyphs; | |
| 471 Lisp_Object margin; | |
| 472 { | |
| 473 int n; | |
| 474 | |
| 475 if (NUMBERP (margin)) | |
| 476 { | |
| 477 int width = XFASTINT (w->width); | |
| 478 double d = max (0, XFLOATINT (margin)); | |
| 479 d = min (width / 2 - 1, d); | |
| 480 n = (int) ((double) total_glyphs / width * d); | |
| 481 } | |
| 482 else | |
| 483 n = 0; | |
| 484 | |
| 485 return n; | |
| 486 } | |
| 487 | |
| 488 | |
| 489 /* Adjust glyph matrix MATRIX on window W or on a frame to changed | |
| 490 window sizes. | |
| 491 | |
| 492 W is null if the function is called for a frame glyph matrix. | |
| 493 Otherwise it is the window MATRIX is a member of. X and Y are the | |
| 494 indices of the first column and row of MATRIX within the frame | |
| 495 matrix, if such a matrix exists. They are zero for purely | |
| 496 window-based redisplay. DIM is the needed size of the matrix. | |
| 497 | |
| 498 In window-based redisplay, where no frame matrices exist, glyph | |
| 499 matrices manage their own glyph storage. Otherwise, they allocate | |
| 500 storage from a common frame glyph pool which can be found in | |
| 501 MATRIX->pool. | |
| 502 | |
| 503 The reason for this memory management strategy is to avoid complete | |
| 504 frame redraws if possible. When we allocate from a common pool, a | |
| 505 change of the location or size of a sub-matrix within the pool | |
| 506 requires a complete redisplay of the frame because we cannot easily | |
| 507 make sure that the current matrices of all windows still agree with | |
| 508 what is displayed on the screen. While this is usually fast, it | |
| 509 leads to screen flickering. */ | |
| 510 | |
| 511 static void | |
| 512 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, x, y, dim) | |
| 513 struct window *w; | |
| 514 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
| 515 int x, y; | |
| 516 struct dim dim; | |
| 517 { | |
| 518 int i; | |
| 519 int new_rows; | |
| 520 int marginal_areas_changed_p = 0; | |
| 25546 | 521 int header_line_changed_p = 0; |
| 522 int header_line_p = 0; | |
| 25012 | 523 int left = -1, right = -1; |
| 524 int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height; | |
| 525 | |
| 526 /* See if W had a top line that has disappeared now, or vice versa. */ | |
| 527 if (w) | |
| 528 { | |
| 25546 | 529 header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w); |
| 530 header_line_changed_p = header_line_p != matrix->header_line_p; | |
| 25012 | 531 } |
| 25546 | 532 matrix->header_line_p = header_line_p; |
| 25012 | 533 |
| 534 /* Do nothing if MATRIX' size, position, vscroll, and marginal areas | |
| 535 haven't changed. This optimization is important because preserving | |
| 536 the matrix means preventing redisplay. */ | |
| 537 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
| 538 { | |
| 539 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height); | |
| 540 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->left_margin_width); | |
| 541 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->right_margin_width); | |
| 542 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); | |
| 543 marginal_areas_changed_p = (left != matrix->left_margin_glyphs | |
| 544 || right != matrix->right_margin_glyphs); | |
| 545 | |
| 546 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p | |
| 547 && !fonts_changed_p | |
| 25546 | 548 && !header_line_changed_p |
| 25012 | 549 && matrix->window_top_y == XFASTINT (w->top) |
| 550 && matrix->window_height == window_height | |
| 551 && matrix->window_vscroll == w->vscroll | |
| 552 && matrix->window_width == window_width) | |
| 553 return; | |
| 554 } | |
| 555 | |
| 556 /* Enlarge MATRIX->rows if necessary. New rows are cleared. */ | |
| 557 if (matrix->rows_allocated < dim.height) | |
| 558 { | |
| 559 int size = dim.height * sizeof (struct glyph_row); | |
| 560 new_rows = dim.height - matrix->rows_allocated; | |
| 561 matrix->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xrealloc (matrix->rows, size); | |
| 562 bzero (matrix->rows + matrix->rows_allocated, | |
| 563 new_rows * sizeof *matrix->rows); | |
| 564 matrix->rows_allocated = dim.height; | |
| 565 } | |
| 566 else | |
| 567 new_rows = 0; | |
| 568 | |
| 569 /* If POOL is not null, MATRIX is a frame matrix or a window matrix | |
| 570 on a frame not using window-based redisplay. Set up pointers for | |
| 571 each row into the glyph pool. */ | |
| 572 if (matrix->pool) | |
| 573 { | |
| 574 xassert (matrix->pool->glyphs); | |
| 575 | |
| 576 if (w) | |
| 577 { | |
| 578 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
| 579 w->left_margin_width); | |
| 580 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
| 581 w->right_margin_width); | |
| 582 } | |
| 583 else | |
| 584 left = right = 0; | |
| 585 | |
| 586 for (i = 0; i < dim.height; ++i) | |
| 587 { | |
| 588 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[i]; | |
| 589 | |
| 590 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
| 591 = (matrix->pool->glyphs | |
| 592 + (y + i) * matrix->pool->ncolumns | |
| 593 + x); | |
| 594 | |
| 595 if (w == NULL | |
| 596 || row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
| 25546 | 597 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
| 25012 | 598 { |
| 599 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
| 600 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
| 601 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
| 602 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
| 603 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
| 604 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
| 605 } | |
| 606 else | |
| 607 { | |
| 608 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
| 609 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
| 610 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
| 611 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
| 612 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
| 613 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
| 614 } | |
| 615 } | |
| 616 | |
| 617 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; | |
| 618 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
| 619 } | |
| 620 else | |
| 621 { | |
| 622 /* If MATRIX->pool is null, MATRIX is responsible for managing | |
| 623 its own memory. Allocate glyph memory from the heap. */ | |
| 624 if (dim.width > matrix->matrix_w | |
| 625 || new_rows | |
| 25546 | 626 || header_line_changed_p |
| 25012 | 627 || marginal_areas_changed_p) |
| 628 { | |
| 629 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
| 630 struct glyph_row *end = row + matrix->rows_allocated; | |
| 631 | |
| 632 while (row < end) | |
| 633 { | |
| 634 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
| 635 = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA], | |
| 636 (dim.width | |
| 637 * sizeof (struct glyph))); | |
| 638 | |
| 639 /* The mode line never has marginal areas. */ | |
| 640 if (row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
| 25546 | 641 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
| 25012 | 642 { |
| 643 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
| 644 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
| 645 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
| 646 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
| 647 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
| 648 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
| 649 } | |
| 650 else | |
| 651 { | |
| 652 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
| 653 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
| 654 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
| 655 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
| 656 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
| 657 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
| 658 } | |
| 659 ++row; | |
| 660 } | |
| 661 } | |
| 662 | |
| 663 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); | |
| 664 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; | |
| 665 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
| 666 } | |
| 667 | |
| 668 /* Number of rows to be used by MATRIX. */ | |
| 669 matrix->nrows = dim.height; | |
| 670 | |
| 671 /* Mark rows in a current matrix of a window as not having valid | |
| 672 contents. It's important to not do this for desired matrices. | |
| 673 When Emacs starts, it may already be building desired matrices | |
| 674 when this function runs. */ | |
| 675 if (w && matrix == w->current_matrix) | |
| 676 { | |
| 677 /* Optimize the case that only the height has changed (C-x 2, | |
| 678 upper window). Invalidate all rows that are no longer part | |
| 679 of the window. */ | |
| 680 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p | |
| 681 && matrix->window_top_y == XFASTINT (w->top) | |
| 682 && matrix->window_width == window_width) | |
| 683 { | |
| 684 i = 0; | |
| 685 while (matrix->rows[i].enabled_p | |
| 686 && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (matrix->rows + i) | |
| 687 < matrix->window_height)) | |
| 688 ++i; | |
| 689 | |
| 690 /* Window end is invalid, if inside of the rows that | |
| 691 are invalidated. */ | |
| 692 if (INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos) | |
| 693 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) >= i) | |
| 694 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; | |
| 695 | |
| 696 while (i < matrix->nrows) | |
| 697 matrix->rows[i++].enabled_p = 0; | |
| 698 } | |
| 699 else | |
| 700 { | |
| 701 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
| 702 matrix->rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
| 703 } | |
| 704 } | |
| 705 | |
| 706 /* Remember last values to be able to optimize frame redraws. */ | |
| 707 matrix->matrix_x = x; | |
| 708 matrix->matrix_y = y; | |
| 709 matrix->matrix_w = dim.width; | |
| 710 matrix->matrix_h = dim.height; | |
| 711 | |
| 712 /* Record the top y location and height of W at the time the matrix | |
| 713 was last adjusted. This is used to optimize redisplay above. */ | |
| 714 if (w) | |
| 715 { | |
| 716 matrix->window_top_y = XFASTINT (w->top); | |
| 717 matrix->window_height = window_height; | |
| 718 matrix->window_width = window_width; | |
| 719 matrix->window_vscroll = w->vscroll; | |
| 720 } | |
| 721 } | |
| 722 | |
| 723 | |
| 724 /* Reverse the contents of rows in MATRIX between START and END. The | |
| 725 contents of the row at END - 1 end up at START, END - 2 at START + | |
| 726 1 etc. This is part of the implementation of rotate_matrix (see | |
| 727 below). */ | |
| 314 | 728 |
| 729 static void | |
| 25012 | 730 reverse_rows (matrix, start, end) |
| 731 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
| 732 int start, end; | |
| 314 | 733 { |
| 25012 | 734 int i, j; |
| 735 | |
| 736 for (i = start, j = end - 1; i < j; ++i, --j) | |
| 737 { | |
| 738 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
| 739 initialization. */ | |
| 740 struct glyph_row temp; | |
| 741 temp = matrix->rows[i]; | |
| 742 matrix->rows[i] = matrix->rows[j]; | |
| 743 matrix->rows[j] = temp; | |
| 744 } | |
| 314 | 745 } |
| 746 | |
| 25012 | 747 |
| 748 /* Rotate the contents of rows in MATRIX in the range FIRST .. LAST - | |
| 749 1 by BY positions. BY < 0 means rotate left, i.e. towards lower | |
| 750 indices. (Note: this does not copy glyphs, only glyph pointers in | |
| 751 row structures are moved around). | |
| 752 | |
| 753 The algorithm used for rotating the vector was, I believe, first | |
| 754 described by Kernighan. See the vector R as consisting of two | |
| 755 sub-vectors AB, where A has length BY for BY >= 0. The result | |
| 756 after rotating is then BA. Reverse both sub-vectors to get ArBr | |
| 757 and reverse the result to get (ArBr)r which is BA. Similar for | |
| 758 rotating right. */ | |
| 759 | |
| 760 void | |
| 761 rotate_matrix (matrix, first, last, by) | |
| 762 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
| 763 int first, last, by; | |
| 314 | 764 { |
| 25012 | 765 if (by < 0) |
| 766 { | |
| 767 /* Up (rotate left, i.e. towards lower indices). */ | |
| 768 by = -by; | |
| 769 reverse_rows (matrix, first, first + by); | |
| 770 reverse_rows (matrix, first + by, last); | |
| 771 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
| 772 } | |
| 773 else if (by > 0) | |
| 314 | 774 { |
| 25012 | 775 /* Down (rotate right, i.e. towards higher indices). */ |
| 776 reverse_rows (matrix, last - by, last); | |
| 777 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last - by); | |
| 778 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
| 314 | 779 } |
| 25012 | 780 } |
| 781 | |
| 782 | |
| 783 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph rows of MATRIX. Do it for rows | |
| 784 with indices START <= index < END. Increment positions by DELTA/ | |
| 785 DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
| 786 | |
| 787 void | |
|
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
788 increment_matrix_positions (matrix, start, end, delta, delta_bytes) |
| 25012 | 789 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; |
| 790 int start, end, delta, delta_bytes; | |
| 791 { | |
| 792 /* Check that START and END are reasonable values. */ | |
| 793 xassert (start >= 0 && start <= matrix->nrows); | |
| 794 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
| 795 xassert (start <= end); | |
| 796 | |
| 797 for (; start < end; ++start) | |
|
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
798 increment_row_positions (matrix->rows + start, delta, delta_bytes); |
| 25012 | 799 } |
| 800 | |
| 801 | |
| 802 /* Enable a range of rows in glyph matrix MATRIX. START and END are | |
| 803 the row indices of the first and last + 1 row to enable. If | |
| 804 ENABLED_P is non-zero, enabled_p flags in rows will be set to 1. */ | |
| 805 | |
| 806 void | |
| 807 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, start, end, enabled_p) | |
| 808 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
| 809 int start, end; | |
| 810 int enabled_p; | |
| 811 { | |
| 812 xassert (start <= end); | |
| 813 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); | |
| 814 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
| 815 | |
| 816 for (; start < end; ++start) | |
| 817 matrix->rows[start].enabled_p = enabled_p != 0; | |
| 818 } | |
| 819 | |
| 820 | |
| 821 /* Clear MATRIX. | |
| 822 | |
| 823 This empties all rows in MATRIX by setting the enabled_p flag for | |
| 824 all rows of the matrix to zero. The function prepare_desired_row | |
| 825 will eventually really clear a row when it sees one with a zero | |
| 826 enabled_p flag. | |
| 827 | |
| 828 Resets update hints to defaults value. The only update hint | |
| 829 currently present is the flag MATRIX->no_scrolling_p. */ | |
| 830 | |
| 831 void | |
| 832 clear_glyph_matrix (matrix) | |
| 833 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
| 834 { | |
| 835 if (matrix) | |
| 314 | 836 { |
| 25012 | 837 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, 0); |
| 838 matrix->no_scrolling_p = 0; | |
| 314 | 839 } |
| 840 } | |
| 25012 | 841 |
| 842 | |
| 843 /* Shift part of the glyph matrix MATRIX of window W up or down. | |
| 844 Increment y-positions in glyph rows between START and END by DY, | |
| 845 and recompute their visible height. */ | |
| 846 | |
| 847 void | |
| 848 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, start, end, dy) | |
| 849 struct window *w; | |
| 850 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
| 851 int start, end, dy; | |
| 852 { | |
| 853 int min_y, max_y; | |
| 854 | |
| 855 xassert (start <= end); | |
| 856 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); | |
| 857 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
| 858 | |
| 25546 | 859 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
| 25012 | 860 max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
| 861 | |
| 862 for (; start < end; ++start) | |
| 863 { | |
| 864 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[start]; | |
| 865 | |
| 866 row->y += dy; | |
| 867 | |
| 868 if (row->y < min_y) | |
| 869 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y); | |
| 870 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y) | |
| 871 row->visible_height = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y); | |
| 872 else | |
| 873 row->visible_height = row->height; | |
| 874 } | |
| 875 } | |
| 876 | |
| 877 | |
| 878 /* Mark all rows in current matrices of frame F as invalid. Marking | |
| 879 invalid is done by setting enabled_p to zero for all rows in a | |
| 880 current matrix. */ | |
| 881 | |
| 882 void | |
| 883 clear_current_matrices (f) | |
| 884 register struct frame *f; | |
| 885 { | |
| 886 /* Clear frame current matrix, if we have one. */ | |
| 887 if (f->current_matrix) | |
| 888 clear_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
| 889 | |
| 890 /* Clear the matrix of the menu bar window, if such a window exists. | |
| 891 The menu bar window is currently used to display menus on X when | |
| 892 no toolkit support is compiled in. */ | |
| 893 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
| 894 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->current_matrix); | |
| 895 | |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
896 /* Clear the matrix of the tool-bar window, if any. */ |
|
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
897 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
|
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
898 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix); |
| 25012 | 899 |
| 900 /* Clear current window matrices. */ | |
| 901 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
| 902 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 0); | |
| 903 } | |
| 904 | |
| 905 | |
| 906 /* Clear out all display lines of F for a coming redisplay. */ | |
| 314 | 907 |
| 21514 | 908 void |
| 25012 | 909 clear_desired_matrices (f) |
| 910 register struct frame *f; | |
| 314 | 911 { |
| 25012 | 912 if (f->desired_matrix) |
| 913 clear_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
| 914 | |
| 915 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
| 916 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->desired_matrix); | |
| 917 | |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
918 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
|
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
919 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->desired_matrix); |
| 25012 | 920 |
| 921 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
| 922 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
| 923 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
| 924 } | |
| 925 | |
| 926 | |
| 927 /* Clear matrices in window tree rooted in W. If DESIRED_P is | |
| 928 non-zero clear desired matrices, otherwise clear current matrices. */ | |
| 929 | |
| 930 static void | |
| 931 clear_window_matrices (w, desired_p) | |
| 932 struct window *w; | |
| 933 int desired_p; | |
| 934 { | |
| 935 while (w) | |
| 314 | 936 { |
| 25012 | 937 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
| 938 { | |
| 939 xassert (WINDOWP (w->hchild)); | |
| 940 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild), desired_p); | |
| 941 } | |
| 942 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
| 314 | 943 { |
| 25012 | 944 xassert (WINDOWP (w->vchild)); |
| 945 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild), desired_p); | |
| 946 } | |
| 947 else | |
| 948 { | |
| 949 if (desired_p) | |
| 950 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
| 951 else | |
| 314 | 952 { |
| 25012 | 953 clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); |
| 954 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; | |
| 314 | 955 } |
| 25012 | 956 } |
| 957 | |
| 958 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
| 959 } | |
| 960 } | |
| 961 | |
| 962 | |
| 963 | |
| 964 /*********************************************************************** | |
| 965 Glyph Rows | |
| 966 | |
| 967 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph rows. | |
| 968 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 969 | |
| 970 /* Clear glyph row ROW. Do it in a way that makes it robust against | |
| 971 changes in the glyph_row structure, i.e. addition or removal of | |
| 972 structure members. */ | |
| 973 | |
| 974 void | |
| 975 clear_glyph_row (row) | |
| 976 struct glyph_row *row; | |
| 977 { | |
| 978 struct glyph *p[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
| 979 static struct glyph_row null_row; | |
| 980 | |
| 981 /* Save pointers. */ | |
| 982 p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
| 983 p[TEXT_AREA] = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 984 p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
| 985 p[LAST_AREA] = row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
| 986 | |
| 987 /* Clear. */ | |
| 988 *row = null_row; | |
| 989 | |
| 990 /* Restore pointers. */ | |
| 991 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
| 992 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = p[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 993 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
| 994 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] = p[LAST_AREA]; | |
|
30041
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
995 |
|
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
996 #if 0 /* At some point, some bit-fields of struct glyph were not set, |
|
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
997 which made glyphs unequal when compared with GLYPH_EQUAL_P. |
|
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
998 Redisplay outputs such glyphs, and flickering effects were |
|
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
999 the result. This also depended on the contents of memory |
|
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1000 returned by xmalloc. If flickering happens again, activate |
|
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1001 the code below If the flickering is gone with that, chances |
|
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1002 are that the flickering has the same reason as here. */ |
|
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1003 bzero (p[0], (char *) p[LAST_AREA] - (char *) p[0]); |
|
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1004 #endif |
| 25012 | 1005 } |
| 1006 | |
| 1007 | |
| 1008 /* Make ROW an empty, enabled row of canonical character height, | |
| 1009 in window W starting at y-position Y. */ | |
| 1010 | |
| 1011 void | |
| 1012 blank_row (w, row, y) | |
| 1013 struct window *w; | |
| 1014 struct glyph_row *row; | |
| 1015 int y; | |
| 1016 { | |
| 1017 int min_y, max_y; | |
| 1018 | |
| 25546 | 1019 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
| 25012 | 1020 max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
| 1021 | |
| 1022 clear_glyph_row (row); | |
| 1023 row->y = y; | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1024 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1025 row->height = row->phys_height = CANON_Y_UNIT (XFRAME (w->frame)); |
| 25012 | 1026 |
| 1027 if (row->y < min_y) | |
| 1028 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y); | |
| 1029 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y) | |
| 1030 row->visible_height = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y); | |
| 1031 else | |
| 1032 row->visible_height = row->height; | |
| 1033 | |
| 1034 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
| 1035 } | |
| 1036 | |
| 1037 | |
| 1038 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph row ROW. DELTA and DELTA_BYTES | |
| 1039 are the amounts by which to change positions. Note that the first | |
| 1040 glyph of the text area of a row can have a buffer position even if | |
| 1041 the used count of the text area is zero. Such rows display line | |
| 1042 ends. */ | |
| 1043 | |
| 1044 void | |
|
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
1045 increment_row_positions (row, delta, delta_bytes) |
| 25012 | 1046 struct glyph_row *row; |
| 1047 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
| 1048 { | |
| 1049 int area, i; | |
| 1050 | |
| 1051 /* Increment start and end positions. */ | |
| 1052 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
| 1053 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
| 1054 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
| 1055 MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
| 1056 | |
| 1057 /* Increment positions in glyphs. */ | |
| 1058 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
| 1059 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i) | |
| 1060 if (BUFFERP (row->glyphs[area][i].object) | |
| 1061 && row->glyphs[area][i].charpos > 0) | |
| 1062 row->glyphs[area][i].charpos += delta; | |
| 1063 | |
| 1064 /* Capture the case of rows displaying a line end. */ | |
| 1065 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0 | |
| 1066 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
| 1067 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos += delta; | |
| 1068 } | |
| 1069 | |
| 1070 | |
|
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1071 #if 0 |
| 25012 | 1072 /* Swap glyphs between two glyph rows A and B. This exchanges glyph |
| 1073 contents, i.e. glyph structure contents are exchanged between A and | |
| 1074 B without changing glyph pointers in A and B. */ | |
| 1075 | |
| 1076 static void | |
| 1077 swap_glyphs_in_rows (a, b) | |
| 1078 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
| 1079 { | |
| 1080 int area; | |
| 1081 | |
| 1082 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
| 1083 { | |
| 1084 /* Number of glyphs to swap. */ | |
| 1085 int max_used = max (a->used[area], b->used[area]); | |
| 1086 | |
| 1087 /* Start of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
| 1088 struct glyph *glyph_a = a->glyphs[area]; | |
| 1089 | |
| 1090 /* End + 1 of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
| 1091 struct glyph *glyph_a_end = a->glyphs[max_used]; | |
| 1092 | |
| 1093 /* Start of glyphs in area of row B. */ | |
| 1094 struct glyph *glyph_b = b->glyphs[area]; | |
| 1095 | |
| 1096 while (glyph_a < glyph_a_end) | |
| 1097 { | |
| 1098 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
| 1099 initialization. */ | |
| 1100 struct glyph temp; | |
| 1101 temp = *glyph_a; | |
| 1102 *glyph_a = *glyph_b; | |
| 1103 *glyph_b = temp; | |
| 1104 ++glyph_a; | |
| 1105 ++glyph_b; | |
| 314 | 1106 } |
| 1107 } | |
| 1108 } | |
| 25012 | 1109 |
|
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1110 #endif /* 0 */ |
| 25012 | 1111 |
| 1112 /* Exchange pointers to glyph memory between glyph rows A and B. */ | |
| 1113 | |
| 1114 static INLINE void | |
| 1115 swap_glyph_pointers (a, b) | |
| 1116 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
| 1117 { | |
| 1118 int i; | |
| 1119 for (i = 0; i < LAST_AREA + 1; ++i) | |
| 1120 { | |
| 1121 struct glyph *temp = a->glyphs[i]; | |
| 1122 a->glyphs[i] = b->glyphs[i]; | |
| 1123 b->glyphs[i] = temp; | |
| 1124 } | |
| 1125 } | |
| 1126 | |
| 1127 | |
| 1128 /* Copy glyph row structure FROM to glyph row structure TO, except | |
| 1129 that glyph pointers in the structures are left unchanged. */ | |
| 1130 | |
| 1131 INLINE void | |
| 1132 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from) | |
| 1133 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
| 1134 { | |
| 1135 struct glyph *pointers[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
| 1136 | |
| 1137 /* Save glyph pointers of TO. */ | |
| 1138 bcopy (to->glyphs, pointers, sizeof to->glyphs); | |
| 1139 | |
| 1140 /* Do a structure assignment. */ | |
| 1141 *to = *from; | |
| 1142 | |
| 1143 /* Restore original pointers of TO. */ | |
| 1144 bcopy (pointers, to->glyphs, sizeof to->glyphs); | |
| 1145 } | |
| 1146 | |
| 1147 | |
| 1148 /* Copy contents of glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. Glyph pointers in | |
| 1149 TO and FROM are left unchanged. Glyph contents are copied from the | |
| 1150 glyph memory of FROM to the glyph memory of TO. Increment buffer | |
| 1151 positions in row TO by DELTA/ DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
| 1152 | |
| 1153 void | |
| 1154 copy_glyph_row_contents (to, from, delta, delta_bytes) | |
| 1155 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
| 1156 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
| 1157 { | |
| 1158 int area; | |
| 1159 | |
| 1160 /* This is like a structure assignment TO = FROM, except that | |
| 1161 glyph pointers in the rows are left unchanged. */ | |
| 1162 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
| 1163 | |
| 1164 /* Copy glyphs from FROM to TO. */ | |
| 1165 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
| 1166 if (from->used[area]) | |
| 1167 bcopy (from->glyphs[area], to->glyphs[area], | |
| 1168 from->used[area] * sizeof (struct glyph)); | |
| 1169 | |
| 1170 /* Increment buffer positions in TO by DELTA. */ | |
|
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
1171 increment_row_positions (to, delta, delta_bytes); |
| 25012 | 1172 } |
| 1173 | |
| 1174 | |
| 1175 /* Assign glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. This works like a structure | |
| 1176 assignment TO = FROM, except that glyph pointers are not copied but | |
| 1177 exchanged between TO and FROM. Pointers must be exchanged to avoid | |
| 1178 a memory leak. */ | |
| 1179 | |
| 1180 static INLINE void | |
| 1181 assign_row (to, from) | |
| 1182 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
| 1183 { | |
| 1184 swap_glyph_pointers (to, from); | |
| 1185 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
| 1186 } | |
| 1187 | |
| 1188 | |
| 1189 /* Test whether the glyph memory of the glyph row WINDOW_ROW, which is | |
| 1190 a row in a window matrix, is a slice of the glyph memory of the | |
| 1191 glyph row FRAME_ROW which is a row in a frame glyph matrix. Value | |
| 1192 is non-zero if the glyph memory of WINDOW_ROW is part of the glyph | |
| 1193 memory of FRAME_ROW. */ | |
| 1194 | |
|
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1195 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG |
|
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1196 |
| 25012 | 1197 static int |
| 1198 glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row) | |
| 1199 struct glyph_row *window_row, *frame_row; | |
| 1200 { | |
| 1201 struct glyph *window_glyph_start = window_row->glyphs[0]; | |
| 1202 struct glyph *frame_glyph_start = frame_row->glyphs[0]; | |
| 1203 struct glyph *frame_glyph_end = frame_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
| 1204 | |
| 1205 return (frame_glyph_start <= window_glyph_start | |
| 1206 && window_glyph_start < frame_glyph_end); | |
| 1207 } | |
| 1208 | |
|
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1209 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
| 25012 | 1210 |
|
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1211 #if 0 |
|
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1212 |
| 25012 | 1213 /* Find the row in the window glyph matrix WINDOW_MATRIX being a slice |
| 1214 of ROW in the frame matrix FRAME_MATRIX. Value is null if no row | |
| 1215 in WINDOW_MATRIX is found satisfying the condition. */ | |
| 1216 | |
| 1217 static struct glyph_row * | |
| 1218 find_glyph_row_slice (window_matrix, frame_matrix, row) | |
| 1219 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
| 1220 int row; | |
| 1221 { | |
| 1222 int i; | |
| 1223 | |
| 1224 xassert (row >= 0 && row < frame_matrix->nrows); | |
| 1225 | |
| 1226 for (i = 0; i < window_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
| 1227 if (glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
| 1228 frame_matrix->rows + row)) | |
| 1229 break; | |
| 1230 | |
| 1231 return i < window_matrix->nrows ? window_matrix->rows + i : 0; | |
| 1232 } | |
| 1233 | |
|
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1234 #endif /* 0 */ |
| 25012 | 1235 |
| 1236 /* Prepare ROW for display. Desired rows are cleared lazily, | |
| 1237 i.e. they are only marked as to be cleared by setting their | |
| 1238 enabled_p flag to zero. When a row is to be displayed, a prior | |
| 1239 call to this function really clears it. */ | |
| 1240 | |
| 1241 void | |
| 1242 prepare_desired_row (row) | |
| 1243 struct glyph_row *row; | |
| 1244 { | |
| 1245 if (!row->enabled_p) | |
| 1246 { | |
| 1247 clear_glyph_row (row); | |
| 1248 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
| 1249 } | |
| 1250 } | |
| 1251 | |
| 1252 | |
| 1253 /* Return a hash code for glyph row ROW. */ | |
| 1254 | |
| 1255 int | |
| 1256 line_hash_code (row) | |
| 1257 struct glyph_row *row; | |
| 1258 { | |
| 1259 int hash = 0; | |
| 1260 | |
| 1261 if (row->enabled_p) | |
| 1262 { | |
| 1263 if (row->inverse_p) | |
| 1264 { | |
| 1265 /* Give all highlighted lines the same hash code | |
| 1266 so as to encourage scrolling to leave them in place. */ | |
| 1267 hash = -1; | |
| 1268 } | |
| 1269 else | |
| 1270 { | |
| 1271 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 1272 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 1273 | |
| 1274 while (glyph < end) | |
| 1275 { | |
|
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1276 int c = glyph->u.ch; |
|
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1277 int face_id = glyph->face_id; |
| 25012 | 1278 if (must_write_spaces) |
|
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1279 c -= SPACEGLYPH; |
|
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1280 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + c; |
|
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1281 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + face_id; |
| 25012 | 1282 ++glyph; |
| 1283 } | |
| 1284 | |
| 1285 if (hash == 0) | |
| 1286 hash = 1; | |
| 1287 } | |
| 1288 } | |
| 1289 | |
| 1290 return hash; | |
| 1291 } | |
| 1292 | |
| 1293 | |
| 1294 /* Return the cost of drawing line VPOS In MATRIX. The cost equals | |
| 1295 the number of characters in the line. If must_write_spaces is | |
| 1296 zero, leading and trailing spaces are ignored. */ | |
| 1297 | |
| 1298 static unsigned int | |
| 1299 line_draw_cost (matrix, vpos) | |
| 1300 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
| 1301 int vpos; | |
| 1302 { | |
| 1303 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows + vpos; | |
| 1304 struct glyph *beg = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 1305 struct glyph *end = beg + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 1306 int len; | |
| 1307 Lisp_Object *glyph_table_base = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE; | |
| 1308 int glyph_table_len = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH; | |
| 1309 | |
| 1310 /* Ignore trailing and leading spaces if we can. */ | |
| 1311 if (!must_write_spaces) | |
| 1312 { | |
| 1313 /* Skip from the end over trailing spaces. */ | |
| 1314 while (end != beg && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*end)) | |
| 1315 --end; | |
| 1316 | |
| 1317 /* All blank line. */ | |
| 1318 if (end == beg) | |
| 1319 return 0; | |
| 1320 | |
| 1321 /* Skip over leading spaces. */ | |
| 1322 while (CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*beg)) | |
| 1323 ++beg; | |
| 1324 } | |
| 1325 | |
| 1326 /* If we don't have a glyph-table, each glyph is one character, | |
| 1327 so return the number of glyphs. */ | |
| 1328 if (glyph_table_base == 0) | |
| 1329 len = end - beg; | |
| 1330 else | |
| 1331 { | |
| 1332 /* Otherwise, scan the glyphs and accumulate their total length | |
| 1333 in LEN. */ | |
| 1334 len = 0; | |
| 1335 while (beg < end) | |
| 1336 { | |
| 1337 GLYPH g = GLYPH_FROM_CHAR_GLYPH (*beg); | |
| 1338 | |
|
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1339 if (g < 0 |
|
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1340 || GLYPH_SIMPLE_P (glyph_table_base, glyph_table_len, g)) |
| 25012 | 1341 len += 1; |
| 1342 else | |
| 1343 len += GLYPH_LENGTH (glyph_table_base, g); | |
| 1344 | |
| 1345 ++beg; | |
| 1346 } | |
| 1347 } | |
| 1348 | |
| 1349 return len; | |
| 1350 } | |
| 1351 | |
| 1352 | |
| 1353 /* Test two glyph rows A and B for equality. Value is non-zero if A | |
| 1354 and B have equal contents. W is the window to which the glyphs | |
| 1355 rows A and B belong. It is needed here to test for partial row | |
|
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1356 visibility. MOUSE_FACE_P non-zero means compare the mouse_face_p |
|
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1357 flags of A and B, too. */ |
| 25012 | 1358 |
| 1359 static INLINE int | |
|
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1360 row_equal_p (w, a, b, mouse_face_p) |
| 25012 | 1361 struct window *w; |
| 1362 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
|
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1363 int mouse_face_p; |
| 25012 | 1364 { |
| 1365 if (a == b) | |
| 1366 return 1; | |
| 1367 else if (a->hash != b->hash) | |
| 1368 return 0; | |
| 1369 else | |
| 1370 { | |
| 1371 struct glyph *a_glyph, *b_glyph, *a_end; | |
| 1372 int area; | |
| 1373 | |
|
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1374 if (mouse_face_p && a->mouse_face_p != b->mouse_face_p) |
|
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1375 return 0; |
|
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1376 |
| 25012 | 1377 /* Compare glyphs. */ |
| 1378 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
| 1379 { | |
| 1380 if (a->used[area] != b->used[area]) | |
| 1381 return 0; | |
| 1382 | |
| 1383 a_glyph = a->glyphs[area]; | |
| 1384 a_end = a_glyph + a->used[area]; | |
| 1385 b_glyph = b->glyphs[area]; | |
| 1386 | |
| 1387 while (a_glyph < a_end | |
| 1388 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (a_glyph, b_glyph)) | |
| 1389 ++a_glyph, ++b_glyph; | |
| 1390 | |
| 1391 if (a_glyph != a_end) | |
| 1392 return 0; | |
| 1393 } | |
| 1394 | |
| 1395 if (a->truncated_on_left_p != b->truncated_on_left_p | |
| 1396 || a->inverse_p != b->inverse_p | |
| 1397 || a->fill_line_p != b->fill_line_p | |
| 1398 || a->truncated_on_right_p != b->truncated_on_right_p | |
| 1399 || a->overlay_arrow_p != b->overlay_arrow_p | |
| 1400 || a->continued_p != b->continued_p | |
| 1401 || a->indicate_empty_line_p != b->indicate_empty_line_p | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1402 || a->overlapped_p != b->overlapped_p |
| 25012 | 1403 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (a) |
| 1404 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (b)) | |
| 1405 /* Different partially visible characters on left margin. */ | |
| 1406 || a->x != b->x | |
| 1407 /* Different height. */ | |
| 1408 || a->ascent != b->ascent | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1409 || a->phys_ascent != b->phys_ascent |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1410 || a->phys_height != b->phys_height |
| 25012 | 1411 || a->visible_height != b->visible_height) |
| 1412 return 0; | |
| 1413 } | |
| 1414 | |
| 1415 return 1; | |
| 1416 } | |
| 1417 | |
| 1418 | |
| 314 | 1419 |
| 25012 | 1420 /*********************************************************************** |
| 1421 Glyph Pool | |
| 1422 | |
| 1423 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph pools. | |
| 1424 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 1425 | |
| 1426 /* Allocate a glyph_pool structure. The structure returned is | |
| 1427 initialized with zeros. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
| 1428 incremented for each pool allocated. */ | |
| 1429 | |
| 1430 static struct glyph_pool * | |
| 1431 new_glyph_pool () | |
| 1432 { | |
| 1433 struct glyph_pool *result; | |
| 1434 | |
| 1435 /* Allocate a new glyph_pool and clear it. */ | |
| 1436 result = (struct glyph_pool *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
| 1437 bzero (result, sizeof *result); | |
| 1438 | |
| 1439 /* For memory leak and double deletion checking. */ | |
| 1440 ++glyph_pool_count; | |
| 1441 | |
| 1442 return result; | |
| 1443 } | |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 | |
| 1446 /* Free a glyph_pool structure POOL. The function may be called with | |
| 1447 a null POOL pointer. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
| 1448 decremented with every pool structure freed. If this count gets | |
| 1449 negative, more structures were freed than allocated, i.e. one | |
| 1450 structure must have been freed more than once or a bogus pointer | |
| 1451 was passed to free_glyph_pool. */ | |
| 1452 | |
| 1453 static void | |
| 1454 free_glyph_pool (pool) | |
| 1455 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
| 1456 { | |
| 1457 if (pool) | |
| 1458 { | |
| 1459 /* More freed than allocated? */ | |
| 1460 --glyph_pool_count; | |
| 1461 xassert (glyph_pool_count >= 0); | |
| 1462 | |
| 1463 xfree (pool->glyphs); | |
| 1464 xfree (pool); | |
| 1465 } | |
| 1466 } | |
| 1467 | |
| 1468 | |
| 1469 /* Enlarge a glyph pool POOL. MATRIX_DIM gives the number of rows and | |
| 1470 columns we need. This function never shrinks a pool. The only | |
| 1471 case in which this would make sense, would be when a frame's size | |
| 1472 is changed from a large value to a smaller one. But, if someone | |
| 1473 does it once, we can expect that he will do it again. | |
| 1474 | |
| 1475 Value is non-zero if the pool changed in a way which makes | |
| 1476 re-adjusting window glyph matrices necessary. */ | |
| 1477 | |
| 1478 static int | |
| 1479 realloc_glyph_pool (pool, matrix_dim) | |
| 1480 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
| 1481 struct dim matrix_dim; | |
| 1482 { | |
| 1483 int needed; | |
| 1484 int changed_p; | |
| 1485 | |
| 1486 changed_p = (pool->glyphs == 0 | |
| 1487 || matrix_dim.height != pool->nrows | |
| 1488 || matrix_dim.width != pool->ncolumns); | |
| 1489 | |
| 1490 /* Enlarge the glyph pool. */ | |
| 1491 needed = matrix_dim.width * matrix_dim.height; | |
| 1492 if (needed > pool->nglyphs) | |
| 1493 { | |
| 1494 int size = needed * sizeof (struct glyph); | |
| 1495 | |
| 1496 if (pool->glyphs) | |
| 1497 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (pool->glyphs, size); | |
| 1498 else | |
| 1499 { | |
| 1500 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (size); | |
| 1501 bzero (pool->glyphs, size); | |
| 1502 } | |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 pool->nglyphs = needed; | |
| 1505 } | |
| 1506 | |
| 1507 /* Remember the number of rows and columns because (a) we use then | |
| 1508 to do sanity checks, and (b) the number of columns determines | |
| 1509 where rows in the frame matrix start---this must be available to | |
| 1510 determine pointers to rows of window sub-matrices. */ | |
| 1511 pool->nrows = matrix_dim.height; | |
| 1512 pool->ncolumns = matrix_dim.width; | |
| 1513 | |
| 1514 return changed_p; | |
| 1515 } | |
| 1516 | |
| 1517 | |
| 1518 | |
| 1519 /*********************************************************************** | |
| 1520 Debug Code | |
| 1521 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 1522 | |
| 1523 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
| 1524 | |
|
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1525 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1526 /* Flush standard output. This is sometimes useful to call from |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1527 the debugger. */ |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1528 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1529 void |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1530 flush_stdout () |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1531 { |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1532 fflush (stdout); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1533 } |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1534 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1535 |
| 25012 | 1536 /* Check that no glyph pointers have been lost in MATRIX. If a |
| 1537 pointer has been lost, e.g. by using a structure assignment between | |
| 1538 rows, at least one pointer must occur more than once in the rows of | |
| 1539 MATRIX. */ | |
| 1540 | |
| 1541 void | |
| 1542 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix) | |
| 1543 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
| 1544 { | |
| 1545 int i, j; | |
| 1546 | |
| 1547 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
| 1548 for (j = 0; j < matrix->nrows; ++j) | |
| 1549 xassert (i == j | |
| 1550 || (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
| 1551 != matrix->rows[j].glyphs[TEXT_AREA])); | |
| 1552 } | |
| 1553 | |
| 1554 | |
| 1555 /* Get a pointer to glyph row ROW in MATRIX, with bounds checks. */ | |
| 1556 | |
| 1557 struct glyph_row * | |
| 1558 matrix_row (matrix, row) | |
| 1559 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
| 1560 int row; | |
| 1561 { | |
| 1562 xassert (matrix && matrix->rows); | |
| 1563 xassert (row >= 0 && row < matrix->nrows); | |
| 1564 | |
| 1565 /* That's really too slow for normal testing because this function | |
| 1566 is called almost everywhere. Although---it's still astonishingly | |
| 1567 fast, so it is valuable to have for debugging purposes. */ | |
| 314 | 1568 #if 0 |
| 25012 | 1569 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix); |
| 1570 #endif | |
| 1571 | |
| 1572 return matrix->rows + row; | |
| 1573 } | |
| 1574 | |
| 1575 | |
| 1576 #if 0 /* This function makes invalid assumptions when text is | |
| 1577 partially invisible. But it might come handy for debugging | |
| 1578 nevertheless. */ | |
| 1579 | |
| 1580 /* Check invariants that must hold for an up to date current matrix of | |
| 1581 window W. */ | |
| 1582 | |
| 1583 static void | |
| 1584 check_matrix_invariants (w) | |
| 314 | 1585 struct window *w; |
| 1586 { | |
| 25012 | 1587 struct glyph_matrix *matrix = w->current_matrix; |
| 1588 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
| 1589 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
| 1590 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL; | |
| 1591 struct buffer *saved = current_buffer; | |
| 1592 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
| 1593 int c; | |
| 1594 | |
| 1595 /* This can sometimes happen for a fresh window. */ | |
| 1596 if (matrix->nrows < 2) | |
| 1597 return; | |
| 1598 | |
| 1599 set_buffer_temp (buffer); | |
| 1600 | |
| 1601 /* Note: last row is always reserved for the mode line. */ | |
| 1602 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row) | |
| 1603 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < yb) | |
| 1604 { | |
| 1605 struct glyph_row *next = row + 1; | |
| 1606 | |
| 1607 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
| 1608 last_text_row = row; | |
| 1609 | |
| 1610 /* Check that character and byte positions are in sync. */ | |
| 1611 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) | |
| 1612 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))); | |
| 1613 | |
| 1614 /* CHAR_TO_BYTE aborts when invoked for a position > Z. We can | |
| 1615 have such a position temporarily in case of a minibuffer | |
| 1616 displaying something like `[Sole completion]' at its end. */ | |
| 1617 if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < BUF_ZV (current_buffer)) | |
| 1618 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
| 1619 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))); | |
| 1620 | |
| 1621 /* Check that end position of `row' is equal to start position | |
| 1622 of next row. */ | |
| 1623 if (next->enabled_p && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (next)) | |
| 1624 { | |
| 1625 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) | |
| 1626 == MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (next)); | |
| 1627 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
| 1628 == MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (next)); | |
| 1629 } | |
| 1630 row = next; | |
| 1631 } | |
| 1632 | |
| 1633 xassert (w->current_matrix->nrows == w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
| 1634 xassert (w->desired_matrix->rows != NULL); | |
| 1635 set_buffer_temp (saved); | |
| 1636 } | |
| 1637 | |
| 1638 #endif /* 0 */ | |
| 1639 | |
| 1640 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
| 1641 | |
| 1642 | |
| 1643 | |
| 1644 /********************************************************************** | |
| 1645 Allocating/ Adjusting Glyph Matrices | |
| 1646 **********************************************************************/ | |
| 1647 | |
| 1648 /* Allocate glyph matrices over a window tree for a frame-based | |
| 1649 redisplay | |
| 1650 | |
| 1651 X and Y are column/row within the frame glyph matrix where | |
| 1652 sub-matrices for the window tree rooted at WINDOW must be | |
| 1653 allocated. CH_DIM contains the dimensions of the smallest | |
| 1654 character that could be used during display. DIM_ONLY_P non-zero | |
| 1655 means that the caller of this function is only interested in the | |
| 1656 result matrix dimension, and matrix adjustments should not be | |
| 1657 performed. | |
| 1658 | |
| 1659 The function returns the total width/height of the sub-matrices of | |
| 1660 the window tree. If called on a frame root window, the computation | |
| 1661 will take the mini-buffer window into account. | |
| 1662 | |
| 1663 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS is set to a bit mask with bits | |
| 1664 | |
| 1665 NEW_LEAF_MATRIX set if any window in the tree did not have a | |
| 1666 glyph matrices yet, and | |
| 1667 | |
| 1668 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX set if the dimension or location of a matrix of | |
| 1669 any window in the tree will be changed or have been changed (see | |
| 1670 DIM_ONLY_P). | |
| 1671 | |
| 1672 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS must be initialized by the caller of this | |
| 1673 function. | |
| 1674 | |
| 1675 Windows are arranged into chains of windows on the same level | |
| 1676 through the next fields of window structures. Such a level can be | |
| 1677 either a sequence of horizontally adjacent windows from left to | |
| 1678 right, or a sequence of vertically adjacent windows from top to | |
| 1679 bottom. Each window in a horizontal sequence can be either a leaf | |
| 1680 window or a vertical sequence; a window in a vertical sequence can | |
| 1681 be either a leaf or a horizontal sequence. All windows in a | |
| 1682 horizontal sequence have the same height, and all windows in a | |
| 1683 vertical sequence have the same width. | |
| 1684 | |
| 1685 This function uses, for historical reasons, a more general | |
| 1686 algorithm to determine glyph matrix dimensions that would be | |
| 1687 necessary. | |
| 1688 | |
| 1689 The matrix height of a horizontal sequence is determined by the | |
| 1690 maximum height of any matrix in the sequence. The matrix width of | |
| 1691 a horizontal sequence is computed by adding up matrix widths of | |
| 1692 windows in the sequence. | |
| 1693 | |
| 1694 |<------- result width ------->| | |
| 1695 +---------+----------+---------+ --- | |
| 1696 | | | | | | |
| 1697 | | | | | |
| 1698 +---------+ | | result height | |
| 1699 | +---------+ | |
| 1700 | | | | |
| 1701 +----------+ --- | |
| 1702 | |
| 1703 The matrix width of a vertical sequence is the maximum matrix width | |
| 1704 of any window in the sequence. Its height is computed by adding up | |
| 1705 matrix heights of windows in the sequence. | |
| 1706 | |
| 1707 |<---- result width -->| | |
| 1708 +---------+ --- | |
| 1709 | | | | |
| 1710 | | | | |
| 1711 +---------+--+ | | |
| 1712 | | | | |
| 1713 | | result height | |
| 1714 | | | |
| 1715 +------------+---------+ | | |
| 1716 | | | | |
| 1717 | | | | |
| 1718 +------------+---------+ --- */ | |
| 1719 | |
| 1720 /* Bit indicating that a new matrix will be allocated or has been | |
| 1721 allocated. */ | |
| 1722 | |
| 1723 #define NEW_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 0) | |
| 1724 | |
| 1725 /* Bit indicating that a matrix will or has changed its location or | |
| 1726 size. */ | |
| 1727 | |
| 1728 #define CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 1) | |
| 1729 | |
| 1730 static struct dim | |
| 1731 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (window, x, y, ch_dim, | |
| 1732 dim_only_p, window_change_flags) | |
| 1733 Lisp_Object window; | |
| 1734 int x, y; | |
| 1735 struct dim ch_dim; | |
| 1736 int dim_only_p; | |
| 1737 int *window_change_flags; | |
| 1738 { | |
| 1739 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))); | |
| 1740 int x0 = x, y0 = y; | |
| 1741 int wmax = 0, hmax = 0; | |
| 1742 struct dim total; | |
| 1743 struct dim dim; | |
| 1744 struct window *w; | |
| 1745 int in_horz_combination_p; | |
| 1746 | |
| 1747 /* What combination is WINDOW part of? Compute this once since the | |
| 1748 result is the same for all windows in the `next' chain. The | |
| 1749 special case of a root window (parent equal to nil) is treated | |
| 1750 like a vertical combination because a root window's `next' | |
| 1751 points to the mini-buffer window, if any, which is arranged | |
| 1752 vertically below other windows. */ | |
| 1753 in_horz_combination_p | |
| 1754 = (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->parent) | |
| 1755 && !NILP (XWINDOW (XWINDOW (window)->parent)->hchild)); | |
| 1756 | |
| 1757 /* For WINDOW and all windows on the same level. */ | |
| 1758 do | |
| 1759 { | |
| 1760 w = XWINDOW (window); | |
| 1761 | |
| 1762 /* Get the dimension of the window sub-matrix for W, depending | |
| 1763 on whether this a combination or a leaf window. */ | |
| 1764 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
| 1765 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->hchild, x, y, ch_dim, | |
| 1766 dim_only_p, | |
| 1767 window_change_flags); | |
| 1768 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
| 1769 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->vchild, x, y, ch_dim, | |
| 1770 dim_only_p, | |
| 1771 window_change_flags); | |
| 1772 else | |
| 1773 { | |
| 1774 /* If not already done, allocate sub-matrix structures. */ | |
| 1775 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
| 1776 { | |
| 1777 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
| 1778 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
| 1779 *window_change_flags |= NEW_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
| 1780 } | |
| 1781 | |
| 1782 /* Width and height MUST be chosen so that there are no | |
| 1783 holes in the frame matrix. */ | |
|
28507
b6f06a755c7d
make_number/XINT/XUINT conversions; EQ/== fixes; ==Qnil -> NILP
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28361
diff
changeset
|
1784 dim.width = XINT (w->width); |
|
b6f06a755c7d
make_number/XINT/XUINT conversions; EQ/== fixes; ==Qnil -> NILP
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28361
diff
changeset
|
1785 dim.height = XINT (w->height); |
| 25012 | 1786 |
| 1787 /* Will matrix be re-allocated? */ | |
| 1788 if (x != w->desired_matrix->matrix_x | |
| 1789 || y != w->desired_matrix->matrix_y | |
| 1790 || dim.width != w->desired_matrix->matrix_w | |
| 1791 || dim.height != w->desired_matrix->matrix_h | |
| 1792 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
| 1793 w->right_margin_width) | |
| 1794 != w->desired_matrix->left_margin_glyphs) | |
| 1795 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
| 1796 w->left_margin_width) | |
| 1797 != w->desired_matrix->right_margin_glyphs)) | |
| 1798 *window_change_flags |= CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
| 1799 | |
| 1800 /* Actually change matrices, if allowed. Do not consider | |
| 1801 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX computed above here because the pool | |
| 1802 may have been changed which we don't now here. We trust | |
| 1803 that we only will be called with DIM_ONLY_P != 0 when | |
| 1804 necessary. */ | |
| 1805 if (!dim_only_p) | |
| 1806 { | |
| 1807 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
| 1808 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
| 1809 } | |
| 1810 } | |
| 1811 | |
| 1812 /* If we are part of a horizontal combination, advance x for | |
| 1813 windows to the right of W; otherwise advance y for windows | |
| 1814 below W. */ | |
| 1815 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
| 1816 x += dim.width; | |
| 1817 else | |
| 1818 y += dim.height; | |
| 1819 | |
| 1820 /* Remember maximum glyph matrix dimensions. */ | |
| 1821 wmax = max (wmax, dim.width); | |
| 1822 hmax = max (hmax, dim.height); | |
| 1823 | |
| 1824 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
| 1825 window = w->next; | |
| 1826 } | |
| 1827 while (!NILP (window)); | |
| 1828 | |
| 1829 /* Set `total' to the total glyph matrix dimension of this window | |
| 1830 level. In a vertical combination, the width is the width of the | |
| 1831 widest window; the height is the y we finally reached, corrected | |
| 1832 by the y we started with. In a horizontal combination, the total | |
| 1833 height is the height of the tallest window, and the width is the | |
| 1834 x we finally reached, corrected by the x we started with. */ | |
| 1835 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
| 1836 { | |
| 1837 total.width = x - x0; | |
| 1838 total.height = hmax; | |
| 1839 } | |
| 1840 else | |
| 1841 { | |
| 1842 total.width = wmax; | |
| 1843 total.height = y - y0; | |
| 1844 } | |
| 1845 | |
| 1846 return total; | |
| 1847 } | |
| 1848 | |
| 1849 | |
| 1850 /* Allocate window matrices for window-based redisplay. W is the | |
| 1851 window whose matrices must be allocated/reallocated. CH_DIM is the | |
| 1852 size of the smallest character that could potentially be used on W. */ | |
| 1853 | |
| 1854 static void | |
| 1855 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w, ch_dim) | |
| 1856 struct window *w; | |
| 1857 struct dim ch_dim; | |
| 1858 { | |
| 1859 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
| 1860 | |
| 1861 while (w) | |
| 314 | 1862 { |
| 25012 | 1863 if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
| 1864 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->vchild), ch_dim); | |
| 1865 else if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
| 1866 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->hchild), ch_dim); | |
| 1867 else | |
| 314 | 1868 { |
| 25012 | 1869 /* W is a leaf window. */ |
| 1870 int window_pixel_width = XFLOATINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); | |
| 1871 int window_pixel_height = window_box_height (w) + abs (w->vscroll); | |
| 1872 struct dim dim; | |
| 1873 | |
| 1874 /* If matrices are not yet allocated, allocate them now. */ | |
| 1875 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
| 314 | 1876 { |
| 25012 | 1877 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); |
| 1878 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); | |
| 314 | 1879 } |
| 25012 | 1880 |
| 1881 /* Compute number of glyphs needed in a glyph row. */ | |
| 1882 dim.width = (((window_pixel_width + ch_dim.width - 1) | |
| 1883 / ch_dim.width) | |
| 1884 /* 2 partially visible columns in the text area. */ | |
| 1885 + 2 | |
| 1886 /* One partially visible column at the right | |
| 1887 edge of each marginal area. */ | |
| 1888 + 1 + 1); | |
| 1889 | |
| 1890 /* Compute number of glyph rows needed. */ | |
| 1891 dim.height = (((window_pixel_height + ch_dim.height - 1) | |
| 1892 / ch_dim.height) | |
| 1893 /* One partially visible line at the top and | |
| 1894 bottom of the window. */ | |
| 1895 + 2 | |
| 1896 /* 2 for top and mode line. */ | |
| 1897 + 2); | |
| 1898 | |
| 1899 /* Change matrices. */ | |
| 1900 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, dim); | |
| 1901 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, dim); | |
| 1902 } | |
| 1903 | |
| 1904 w = NILP (w->next) ? NULL : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
| 1905 } | |
| 1906 } | |
| 1907 | |
| 1908 | |
| 1909 /* Re-allocate/ re-compute glyph matrices on frame F. If F is null, | |
| 1910 do it for all frames; otherwise do it just for the given frame. | |
| 1911 This function must be called when a new frame is created, its size | |
| 1912 changes, or its window configuration changes. */ | |
| 1913 | |
| 1914 void | |
| 1915 adjust_glyphs (f) | |
| 1916 struct frame *f; | |
| 1917 { | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1918 /* Block input so that expose events and other events that access |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1919 glyph matrices are not processed while we are changing them. */ |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1920 BLOCK_INPUT; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1921 |
| 25012 | 1922 if (f) |
| 1923 adjust_frame_glyphs (f); | |
| 1924 else | |
| 1925 { | |
| 1926 Lisp_Object tail, lisp_frame; | |
| 1927 | |
| 1928 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, lisp_frame) | |
| 1929 adjust_frame_glyphs (XFRAME (lisp_frame)); | |
| 1930 } | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1931 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1932 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 25012 | 1933 } |
| 1934 | |
| 1935 | |
| 1936 /* Adjust frame glyphs when Emacs is initialized. | |
| 1937 | |
| 1938 To be called from init_display. | |
| 1939 | |
| 1940 We need a glyph matrix because redraw will happen soon. | |
| 1941 Unfortunately, window sizes on selected_frame are not yet set to | |
| 1942 meaningful values. I believe we can assume that there are only two | |
| 1943 windows on the frame---the mini-buffer and the root window. Frame | |
| 1944 height and width seem to be correct so far. So, set the sizes of | |
| 1945 windows to estimated values. */ | |
| 1946 | |
| 1947 static void | |
| 1948 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially () | |
| 1949 { | |
|
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
1950 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
|
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
1951 struct window *root = XWINDOW (sf->root_window); |
| 25012 | 1952 struct window *mini = XWINDOW (root->next); |
|
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
1953 int frame_height = FRAME_HEIGHT (sf); |
|
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
1954 int frame_width = FRAME_WIDTH (sf); |
|
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
1955 int top_margin = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (sf); |
| 25012 | 1956 |
| 1957 /* Do it for the root window. */ | |
| 1958 XSETFASTINT (root->top, top_margin); | |
| 1959 XSETFASTINT (root->width, frame_width); | |
|
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
1960 set_window_height (sf->root_window, frame_height - 1 - top_margin, 0); |
| 25012 | 1961 |
| 1962 /* Do it for the mini-buffer window. */ | |
| 1963 XSETFASTINT (mini->top, frame_height - 1); | |
| 1964 XSETFASTINT (mini->width, frame_width); | |
| 1965 set_window_height (root->next, 1, 0); | |
| 1966 | |
|
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
1967 adjust_frame_glyphs (sf); |
| 25012 | 1968 glyphs_initialized_initially_p = 1; |
| 1969 } | |
| 1970 | |
| 1971 | |
| 1972 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F. */ | |
| 1973 | |
| 1974 static void | |
| 1975 adjust_frame_glyphs (f) | |
| 1976 struct frame *f; | |
| 1977 { | |
| 1978 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
| 1979 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f); | |
| 1980 else | |
| 1981 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f); | |
| 1982 | |
| 1983 /* Don't forget the message buffer and the buffer for | |
| 1984 decode_mode_spec. */ | |
| 1985 adjust_frame_message_buffer (f); | |
| 1986 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f); | |
| 1987 | |
| 1988 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 1; | |
| 1989 } | |
| 1990 | |
| 1991 | |
| 1992 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for | |
| 1993 frame-based redisplay. */ | |
| 1994 | |
| 1995 static void | |
| 1996 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f) | |
| 1997 struct frame *f; | |
| 1998 { | |
| 1999 struct dim ch_dim; | |
| 2000 struct dim matrix_dim; | |
| 2001 int pool_changed_p; | |
| 2002 int window_change_flags; | |
| 2003 int top_window_y; | |
| 2004 | |
| 2005 if (!FRAME_LIVE_P (f)) | |
| 2006 return; | |
| 2007 | |
| 2008 /* Determine the smallest character in any font for F. On | |
| 2009 console windows, all characters have dimension (1, 1). */ | |
| 2010 ch_dim.width = ch_dim.height = 1; | |
| 2011 | |
| 2012 top_window_y = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); | |
| 2013 | |
| 2014 /* Allocate glyph pool structures if not already done. */ | |
| 2015 if (f->desired_pool == NULL) | |
| 2016 { | |
| 2017 f->desired_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
| 2018 f->current_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
| 2019 } | |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 /* Allocate frames matrix structures if needed. */ | |
| 2022 if (f->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
| 2023 { | |
| 2024 f->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
| 2025 f->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
| 2026 } | |
| 2027 | |
| 2028 /* Compute window glyph matrices. (This takes the mini-buffer | |
| 2029 window into account). The result is the size of the frame glyph | |
| 2030 matrix needed. The variable window_change_flags is set to a bit | |
| 2031 mask indicating whether new matrices will be allocated or | |
| 2032 existing matrices change their size or location within the frame | |
| 2033 matrix. */ | |
| 2034 window_change_flags = 0; | |
| 2035 matrix_dim | |
| 2036 = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
| 2037 0, top_window_y, | |
| 2038 ch_dim, 1, | |
| 2039 &window_change_flags); | |
| 2040 | |
| 2041 /* Add in menu bar lines, if any. */ | |
| 2042 matrix_dim.height += top_window_y; | |
| 2043 | |
| 2044 /* Enlarge pools as necessary. */ | |
| 2045 pool_changed_p = realloc_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool, matrix_dim); | |
| 2046 realloc_glyph_pool (f->current_pool, matrix_dim); | |
| 2047 | |
| 2048 /* Set up glyph pointers within window matrices. Do this only if | |
| 2049 absolutely necessary since it requires a frame redraw. */ | |
| 2050 if (pool_changed_p || window_change_flags) | |
| 2051 { | |
| 2052 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
| 2053 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
| 2054 0, top_window_y, ch_dim, 0, | |
| 2055 &window_change_flags); | |
| 2056 | |
| 2057 /* Size of frame matrices must equal size of frame. Note | |
| 2058 that we are called for X frames with window widths NOT equal | |
| 2059 to the frame width (from CHANGE_FRAME_SIZE_1). */ | |
| 2060 xassert (matrix_dim.width == FRAME_WIDTH (f) | |
| 2061 && matrix_dim.height == FRAME_HEIGHT (f)); | |
| 2062 | |
| 2063 /* Resize frame matrices. */ | |
| 2064 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); | |
| 2065 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); | |
| 2066 | |
| 2067 /* Since location and size of sub-matrices within the pool may | |
| 2068 have changed, and current matrices don't have meaningful | |
| 2069 contents anymore, mark the frame garbaged. */ | |
| 2070 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
| 2071 } | |
| 2072 } | |
| 2073 | |
| 2074 | |
| 2075 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for | |
| 2076 window-based redisplay. */ | |
| 2077 | |
| 2078 static void | |
| 2079 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f) | |
| 2080 struct frame *f; | |
| 2081 { | |
| 2082 struct dim ch_dim; | |
| 2083 struct window *w; | |
| 2084 | |
| 2085 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)); | |
| 2086 | |
| 2087 /* Get minimum sizes. */ | |
| 2088 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM | |
| 2089 ch_dim.width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f); | |
| 2090 ch_dim.height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f); | |
| 2091 #else | |
| 2092 ch_dim.width = ch_dim.height = 1; | |
| 2093 #endif | |
| 2094 | |
| 2095 /* Allocate/reallocate window matrices. */ | |
| 2096 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), | |
| 2097 ch_dim); | |
| 2098 | |
| 2099 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the dummy window used to display | |
| 2100 the menu bar under X when no X toolkit support is available. */ | |
| 2101 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT | |
| 2102 { | |
| 2103 /* Allocate a dummy window if not already done. */ | |
| 2104 if (NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
| 2105 { | |
| 2106 f->menu_bar_window = make_window (); | |
| 2107 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
| 2108 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); | |
| 2109 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
| 2110 } | |
| 2111 else | |
| 2112 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
| 2113 | |
| 2114 /* Set window dimensions to frame dimensions and allocate or | |
| 2115 adjust glyph matrices of W. */ | |
| 2116 XSETFASTINT (w->top, 0); | |
| 2117 XSETFASTINT (w->left, 0); | |
| 2118 XSETFASTINT (w->height, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); | |
| 2119 XSETFASTINT (w->width, FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)); | |
| 2120 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w, ch_dim); | |
| 2121 } | |
| 2122 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
| 2123 | |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2124 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the tool bar window. If we |
|
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2125 don't have a tool bar window yet, make one. */ |
|
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2126 if (NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
| 25012 | 2127 { |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2128 f->tool_bar_window = make_window (); |
|
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2129 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
| 25012 | 2130 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); |
| 2131 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
| 2132 } | |
| 2133 else | |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2134 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
| 25012 | 2135 |
| 2136 XSETFASTINT (w->top, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); | |
| 2137 XSETFASTINT (w->left, 0); | |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2138 XSETFASTINT (w->height, FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f)); |
| 25012 | 2139 XSETFASTINT (w->width, FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)); |
| 2140 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w, ch_dim); | |
| 2141 } | |
| 2142 | |
| 2143 | |
| 2144 /* Adjust/ allocate message buffer of frame F. | |
| 2145 | |
| 2146 Note that the message buffer is never freed. Since I could not | |
| 2147 find a free in 19.34, I assume that freeing it would be | |
| 2148 problematic in some way and don't do it either. | |
| 2149 | |
| 2150 (Implementation note: It should be checked if we can free it | |
| 2151 eventually without causing trouble). */ | |
| 2152 | |
| 2153 static void | |
| 2154 adjust_frame_message_buffer (f) | |
| 2155 struct frame *f; | |
| 2156 { | |
| 2157 int size = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1; | |
| 2158 | |
| 2159 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f)) | |
| 2160 { | |
| 2161 char *buffer = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f); | |
| 2162 char *new_buffer = (char *) xrealloc (buffer, size); | |
| 2163 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = new_buffer; | |
| 2164 } | |
| 2165 else | |
| 2166 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = (char *) xmalloc (size); | |
| 2167 } | |
| 2168 | |
| 2169 | |
| 2170 /* Re-allocate buffer for decode_mode_spec on frame F. */ | |
| 2171 | |
| 2172 static void | |
| 2173 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f) | |
| 2174 struct frame *f; | |
| 2175 { | |
| 2176 f->decode_mode_spec_buffer | |
| 2177 = (char *) xrealloc (f->decode_mode_spec_buffer, | |
| 2178 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1); | |
| 2179 } | |
| 2180 | |
| 2181 | |
| 2182 | |
| 2183 /********************************************************************** | |
| 2184 Freeing Glyph Matrices | |
| 2185 **********************************************************************/ | |
| 2186 | |
| 2187 /* Free glyph memory for a frame F. F may be null. This function can | |
| 2188 be called for the same frame more than once. The root window of | |
| 2189 F may be nil when this function is called. This is the case when | |
| 2190 the function is called when F is destroyed. */ | |
| 2191 | |
| 2192 void | |
| 2193 free_glyphs (f) | |
| 2194 struct frame *f; | |
| 2195 { | |
| 2196 if (f && f->glyphs_initialized_p) | |
| 2197 { | |
|
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2198 /* Block interrupt input so that we don't get surprised by an X |
|
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2199 event while we're in an inconsistent state. */ |
|
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2200 BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 25012 | 2201 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 0; |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 /* Release window sub-matrices. */ | |
| 2204 if (!NILP (f->root_window)) | |
| 2205 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (f->root_window)); | |
| 2206 | |
| 2207 /* Free the dummy window for menu bars without X toolkit and its | |
| 2208 glyph matrices. */ | |
| 2209 if (!NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
| 2210 { | |
| 2211 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
| 2212 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
| 2213 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
| 2214 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
| 2215 f->menu_bar_window = Qnil; | |
| 2216 } | |
| 2217 | |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2218 /* Free the tool bar window and its glyph matrices. */ |
|
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2219 if (!NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
| 25012 | 2220 { |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2221 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
| 25012 | 2222 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); |
| 2223 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
| 2224 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2225 f->tool_bar_window = Qnil; |
| 25012 | 2226 } |
| 2227 | |
| 2228 /* Release frame glyph matrices. Reset fields to zero in | |
| 2229 case we are called a second time. */ | |
| 2230 if (f->desired_matrix) | |
| 2231 { | |
| 2232 free_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
| 2233 free_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
| 2234 f->desired_matrix = f->current_matrix = NULL; | |
| 2235 } | |
| 2236 | |
| 2237 /* Release glyph pools. */ | |
| 2238 if (f->desired_pool) | |
| 2239 { | |
| 2240 free_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool); | |
| 2241 free_glyph_pool (f->current_pool); | |
| 2242 f->desired_pool = f->current_pool = NULL; | |
| 314 | 2243 } |
|
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2244 |
|
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2245 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 314 | 2246 } |
| 2247 } | |
| 2248 | |
| 25012 | 2249 |
| 2250 /* Free glyph sub-matrices in the window tree rooted at W. This | |
| 2251 function may be called with a null pointer, and it may be called on | |
| 2252 the same tree more than once. */ | |
| 2253 | |
| 2254 void | |
| 2255 free_window_matrices (w) | |
| 2256 struct window *w; | |
| 2257 { | |
| 2258 while (w) | |
| 2259 { | |
| 2260 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
| 2261 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
| 2262 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
| 2263 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
| 2264 else | |
| 2265 { | |
| 2266 /* This is a leaf window. Free its memory and reset fields | |
| 2267 to zero in case this function is called a second time for | |
| 2268 W. */ | |
| 2269 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
| 2270 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
| 2271 w->current_matrix = w->desired_matrix = NULL; | |
| 2272 } | |
| 2273 | |
| 2274 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
| 2275 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
| 2276 } | |
| 2277 } | |
| 2278 | |
| 2279 | |
| 2280 /* Check glyph memory leaks. This function is called from | |
| 2281 shut_down_emacs. Note that frames are not destroyed when Emacs | |
| 2282 exits. We therefore free all glyph memory for all active frames | |
| 2283 explicitly and check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
|
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2284 |
|
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2285 void |
| 25012 | 2286 check_glyph_memory () |
|
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2287 { |
| 25012 | 2288 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
| 2289 | |
| 2290 /* Free glyph memory for all frames. */ | |
| 2291 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
| 2292 free_glyphs (XFRAME (frame)); | |
| 2293 | |
| 2294 /* Check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
| 2295 if (glyph_matrix_count) | |
| 2296 abort (); | |
| 2297 if (glyph_pool_count) | |
| 2298 abort (); | |
| 2299 } | |
| 2300 | |
| 2301 | |
| 2302 | |
| 2303 /********************************************************************** | |
| 2304 Building a Frame Matrix | |
| 2305 **********************************************************************/ | |
| 2306 | |
| 2307 /* Most of the redisplay code works on glyph matrices attached to | |
| 2308 windows. This is a good solution most of the time, but it is not | |
| 2309 suitable for terminal code. Terminal output functions cannot rely | |
| 2310 on being able to set an arbitrary terminal window. Instead they | |
| 2311 must be provided with a view of the whole frame, i.e. the whole | |
| 2312 screen. We build such a view by constructing a frame matrix from | |
| 2313 window matrices in this section. | |
| 2314 | |
| 2315 Windows that must be updated have their must_be_update_p flag set. | |
| 2316 For all such windows, their desired matrix is made part of the | |
| 2317 desired frame matrix. For other windows, their current matrix is | |
| 2318 made part of the desired frame matrix. | |
| 2319 | |
| 2320 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
| 2321 | desired | desired | | |
| 2322 | | | | |
| 2323 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
| 2324 | current | | |
| 2325 | | | |
| 2326 +----------------------------------+ | |
| 2327 | |
| 2328 Desired window matrices can be made part of the frame matrix in a | |
| 2329 cheap way: We exploit the fact that the desired frame matrix and | |
| 2330 desired window matrices share their glyph memory. This is not | |
| 2331 possible for current window matrices. Their glyphs are copied to | |
| 2332 the desired frame matrix. The latter is equivalent to | |
| 2333 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. | |
| 2334 | |
| 2335 Used glyphs counters for frame matrix rows are the result of adding | |
| 2336 up glyph lengths of the window matrices. A line in the frame | |
| 2337 matrix is enabled, if a corresponding line in a window matrix is | |
| 2338 enabled. | |
| 2339 | |
| 2340 After building the desired frame matrix, it will be passed to | |
| 2341 terminal code, which will manipulate both the desired and current | |
| 2342 frame matrix. Changes applied to the frame's current matrix have | |
| 2343 to be visible in current window matrices afterwards, of course. | |
| 2344 | |
| 2345 This problem is solved like this: | |
| 2346 | |
| 2347 1. Window and frame matrices share glyphs. Window matrices are | |
| 2348 constructed in a way that their glyph contents ARE the glyph | |
| 2349 contents needed in a frame matrix. Thus, any modification of | |
| 2350 glyphs done in terminal code will be reflected in window matrices | |
| 2351 automatically. | |
| 2352 | |
| 2353 2. Exchanges of rows in a frame matrix done by terminal code are | |
| 2354 intercepted by hook functions so that corresponding row operations | |
| 2355 on window matrices can be performed. This is necessary because we | |
| 2356 use pointers to glyphs in glyph row structures. To satisfy the | |
| 2357 assumption of point 1 above that glyphs are updated implicitly in | |
| 2358 window matrices when they are manipulated via the frame matrix, | |
| 2359 window and frame matrix must of course agree where to find the | |
| 2360 glyphs for their rows. Possible manipulations that must be | |
| 2361 mirrored are assignments of rows of the desired frame matrix to the | |
| 2362 current frame matrix and scrolling the current frame matrix. */ | |
| 2363 | |
| 2364 /* Build frame F's desired matrix from window matrices. Only windows | |
| 2365 which have the flag must_be_updated_p set have to be updated. Menu | |
| 2366 bar lines of a frame are not covered by window matrices, so make | |
| 2367 sure not to touch them in this function. */ | |
| 2368 | |
| 2369 static void | |
| 2370 build_frame_matrix (f) | |
| 2371 struct frame *f; | |
| 2372 { | |
|
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2373 int i; |
|
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2374 |
| 25012 | 2375 /* F must have a frame matrix when this function is called. */ |
| 2376 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
| 2377 | |
| 2378 /* Clear all rows in the frame matrix covered by window matrices. | |
| 2379 Menu bar lines are not covered by windows. */ | |
| 2380 for (i = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); i < f->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
| 2381 clear_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (f->desired_matrix, i)); | |
| 2382 | |
| 2383 /* Build the matrix by walking the window tree. */ | |
| 2384 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (f->desired_matrix, | |
| 2385 XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
| 2386 } | |
| 2387 | |
| 2388 | |
| 2389 /* Walk a window tree, building a frame matrix MATRIX from window | |
| 2390 matrices. W is the root of a window tree. */ | |
| 2391 | |
| 2392 static void | |
| 2393 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, w) | |
| 2394 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
| 2395 struct window *w; | |
| 2396 { | |
| 2397 while (w) | |
|
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2398 { |
| 25012 | 2399 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
| 2400 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
| 2401 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
| 2402 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
| 2403 else | |
| 2404 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (matrix, w); | |
| 2405 | |
| 2406 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
|
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2407 } |
|
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2408 } |
|
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2409 |
| 25012 | 2410 |
| 2411 /* Add a window's matrix to a frame matrix. FRAME_MATRIX is the | |
| 2412 desired frame matrix built. W is a leaf window whose desired or | |
| 2413 current matrix is to be added to FRAME_MATRIX. W's flag | |
| 2414 must_be_updated_p determines which matrix it contributes to | |
| 2415 FRAME_MATRIX. If must_be_updated_p is non-zero, W's desired matrix | |
| 2416 is added to FRAME_MATRIX, otherwise W's current matrix is added. | |
| 2417 Adding a desired matrix means setting up used counters and such in | |
| 2418 frame rows, while adding a current window matrix to FRAME_MATRIX | |
| 2419 means copying glyphs. The latter case corresponds to | |
| 2420 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. */ | |
| 2421 | |
| 2422 static void | |
| 2423 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (frame_matrix, w) | |
| 2424 struct glyph_matrix *frame_matrix; | |
|
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2425 struct window *w; |
|
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2426 { |
| 25012 | 2427 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix; |
| 2428 int window_y, frame_y; | |
| 2429 /* If non-zero, a glyph to insert at the right border of W. */ | |
| 2430 GLYPH right_border_glyph = 0; | |
| 2431 | |
| 2432 /* Set window_matrix to the matrix we have to add to FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
| 2433 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
| 2434 { | |
| 2435 window_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
| 2436 | |
| 2437 /* Decide whether we want to add a vertical border glyph. */ | |
| 2438 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w)) | |
| 2439 { | |
| 2440 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp = window_display_table (w); | |
| 2441 right_border_glyph = (dp && INTEGERP (DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp)) | |
| 2442 ? XINT (DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp)) | |
| 2443 : '|'); | |
| 2444 } | |
| 2445 } | |
| 2446 else | |
| 2447 window_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
| 2448 | |
| 2449 /* For all rows in the window matrix and corresponding rows in the | |
| 2450 frame matrix. */ | |
| 2451 window_y = 0; | |
| 2452 frame_y = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
| 2453 while (window_y < window_matrix->nrows) | |
|
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2454 { |
| 25012 | 2455 struct glyph_row *frame_row = frame_matrix->rows + frame_y; |
| 2456 struct glyph_row *window_row = window_matrix->rows + window_y; | |
| 2457 | |
| 2458 /* Fill up the frame row with spaces up to the left margin of the | |
| 2459 window row. */ | |
| 2460 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (frame_row, window_matrix->matrix_x); | |
| 2461 | |
| 2462 /* Fill up areas in the window matrix row with spaces. */ | |
| 2463 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (window_row); | |
| 2464 | |
| 2465 if (window_matrix == w->current_matrix) | |
|
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2466 { |
| 25012 | 2467 /* We have to copy W's current matrix. Copy window |
| 2468 row to frame row. */ | |
| 2469 bcopy (window_row->glyphs[0], | |
| 2470 frame_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + window_matrix->matrix_x, | |
| 2471 window_matrix->matrix_w * sizeof (struct glyph)); | |
| 2472 } | |
| 2473 else | |
| 2474 { | |
| 2475 /* Copy W's desired matrix. */ | |
| 2476 | |
| 2477 /* Maybe insert a vertical border between horizontally adjacent | |
| 2478 windows. */ | |
| 2479 if (right_border_glyph) | |
| 2480 { | |
| 2481 struct glyph *border = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] - 1; | |
| 2482 SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (*border, right_border_glyph); | |
| 2483 } | |
| 2484 | |
|
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2485 #if 0 /* This shouldn't be necessary. Let's check it. */ |
| 25012 | 2486 /* Due to hooks installed, it normally doesn't happen that |
| 2487 window rows and frame rows of the same matrix are out of | |
| 2488 sync, i.e. have a different understanding of where to | |
| 2489 find glyphs for the row. The following is a safety-belt | |
| 2490 that doesn't cost much and makes absolutely sure that | |
| 2491 window and frame matrices are in sync. */ | |
| 2492 if (!glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row)) | |
|
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2493 { |
| 25012 | 2494 /* Find the row in the window being a slice. There |
| 2495 should exist one from program logic. */ | |
| 2496 struct glyph_row *slice_row | |
| 2497 = find_glyph_row_slice (window_matrix, frame_matrix, frame_y); | |
| 2498 xassert (slice_row != 0); | |
| 2499 | |
| 2500 /* Exchange glyphs between both window rows. */ | |
| 2501 swap_glyphs_in_rows (window_row, slice_row); | |
| 2502 | |
| 2503 /* Exchange pointers between both rows. */ | |
| 2504 swap_glyph_pointers (window_row, slice_row); | |
|
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2505 } |
|
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2506 #endif |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2507 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2508 /* Window row window_y must be a slice of frame row |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2509 frame_y. */ |
| 25012 | 2510 xassert (glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row)); |
|
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2511 |
| 25012 | 2512 /* If rows are in sync, we don't have to copy glyphs because |
| 2513 frame and window share glyphs. */ | |
|
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2514 |
|
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2515 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
|
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2516 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); |
|
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2517 #endif |
| 25012 | 2518 } |
| 2519 | |
| 2520 /* Set number of used glyphs in the frame matrix. Since we fill | |
| 2521 up with spaces, and visit leaf windows from left to right it | |
| 2522 can be done simply. */ | |
| 2523 frame_row->used[TEXT_AREA] | |
| 2524 = window_matrix->matrix_x + window_matrix->matrix_w; | |
| 2525 | |
| 2526 /* Or in flags. */ | |
| 2527 frame_row->enabled_p |= window_row->enabled_p; | |
| 2528 frame_row->inverse_p |= window_row->inverse_p; | |
| 2529 | |
| 2530 /* Next row. */ | |
| 2531 ++window_y; | |
| 2532 ++frame_y; | |
| 2533 } | |
| 2534 } | |
| 2535 | |
| 2536 | |
| 2537 /* Add spaces to a glyph row ROW in a window matrix. | |
| 2538 | |
| 2539 Each row has the form: | |
| 2540 | |
| 2541 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
| 2542 | left | text | right | | |
| 2543 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
| 2544 | |
| 2545 Left and right marginal areas are optional. This function adds | |
| 2546 spaces to areas so that there are no empty holes between areas. | |
| 2547 In other words: If the right area is not empty, the text area | |
| 2548 is filled up with spaces up to the right area. If the text area | |
| 2549 is not empty, the left area is filled up. | |
| 2550 | |
| 2551 To be called for frame-based redisplay, only. */ | |
| 2552 | |
| 2553 static void | |
| 2554 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (row) | |
| 2555 struct glyph_row *row; | |
| 2556 { | |
| 2557 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
| 2558 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, TEXT_AREA); | |
| 2559 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
| 2560 } | |
| 2561 | |
| 2562 | |
| 2563 /* Fill area AREA of glyph row ROW with spaces. To be called for | |
| 2564 frame-based redisplay only. */ | |
| 2565 | |
| 2566 static void | |
| 2567 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, area) | |
| 2568 struct glyph_row *row; | |
| 2569 int area; | |
| 2570 { | |
| 2571 if (row->glyphs[area] < row->glyphs[area + 1]) | |
| 2572 { | |
| 2573 struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area + 1]; | |
| 2574 struct glyph *text = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area]; | |
| 2575 | |
| 2576 while (text < end) | |
| 2577 *text++ = space_glyph; | |
| 2578 row->used[area] = text - row->glyphs[area]; | |
| 2579 } | |
| 2580 } | |
| 2581 | |
| 2582 | |
| 2583 /* Add spaces to the end of ROW in a frame matrix until index UPTO is | |
| 2584 reached. In frame matrices only one area, TEXT_AREA, is used. */ | |
| 2585 | |
| 2586 static void | |
| 2587 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (row, upto) | |
| 2588 struct glyph_row *row; | |
| 2589 int upto; | |
| 2590 { | |
| 2591 int i = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 2592 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 2593 | |
| 2594 while (i < upto) | |
| 2595 glyph[i++] = space_glyph; | |
| 2596 | |
| 2597 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i; | |
| 2598 } | |
| 2599 | |
| 2600 | |
| 2601 | |
| 2602 /********************************************************************** | |
| 2603 Mirroring operations on frame matrices in window matrices | |
| 2604 **********************************************************************/ | |
| 2605 | |
| 2606 /* Set frame being updated via frame-based redisplay to F. This | |
| 2607 function must be called before updates to make explicit that we are | |
| 2608 working on frame matrices or not. */ | |
| 2609 | |
| 2610 static INLINE void | |
| 2611 set_frame_matrix_frame (f) | |
| 2612 struct frame *f; | |
| 2613 { | |
| 2614 frame_matrix_frame = f; | |
| 2615 } | |
| 2616 | |
| 2617 | |
| 2618 /* Make sure glyph row ROW in CURRENT_MATRIX is up to date. | |
| 2619 DESIRED_MATRIX is the desired matrix corresponding to | |
| 2620 CURRENT_MATRIX. The update is done by exchanging glyph pointers | |
| 2621 between rows in CURRENT_MATRIX and DESIRED_MATRIX. If | |
| 2622 frame_matrix_frame is non-null, this indicates that the exchange is | |
| 2623 done in frame matrices, and that we have to perform analogous | |
| 2624 operations in window matrices of frame_matrix_frame. */ | |
| 2625 | |
| 2626 static INLINE void | |
| 2627 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, row) | |
| 2628 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix, *current_matrix; | |
| 2629 int row; | |
| 2630 { | |
| 2631 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, row); | |
| 2632 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, row); | |
|
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2633 int mouse_face_p = current_row->mouse_face_p; |
| 25012 | 2634 |
| 2635 /* Do current_row = desired_row. This exchanges glyph pointers | |
| 2636 between both rows, and does a structure assignment otherwise. */ | |
| 2637 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); | |
| 2638 | |
| 2639 /* Enable current_row to mark it as valid. */ | |
| 2640 current_row->enabled_p = 1; | |
|
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2641 current_row->mouse_face_p = mouse_face_p; |
| 25012 | 2642 |
| 2643 /* If we are called on frame matrices, perform analogous operations | |
| 2644 for window matrices. */ | |
| 2645 if (frame_matrix_frame) | |
| 2646 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), row); | |
| 2647 } | |
| 2648 | |
| 2649 | |
| 2650 /* W is the root of a window tree. FRAME_ROW is the index of a row in | |
| 2651 W's frame which has been made current (by swapping pointers between | |
| 2652 current and desired matrix). Perform analogous operations in the | |
| 2653 matrices of leaf windows in the window tree rooted at W. */ | |
| 2654 | |
| 2655 static void | |
| 2656 mirror_make_current (w, frame_row) | |
| 2657 struct window *w; | |
| 2658 int frame_row; | |
| 2659 { | |
| 2660 while (w) | |
| 2661 { | |
| 2662 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
| 2663 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->hchild), frame_row); | |
| 2664 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
| 2665 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->vchild), frame_row); | |
| 2666 else | |
| 2667 { | |
| 2668 /* Row relative to window W. Don't use FRAME_TO_WINDOW_VPOS | |
| 2669 here because the checks performed in debug mode there | |
| 2670 will not allow the conversion. */ | |
| 2671 int row = frame_row - w->desired_matrix->matrix_y; | |
| 2672 | |
| 2673 /* If FRAME_ROW is within W, assign the desired row to the | |
| 2674 current row (exchanging glyph pointers). */ | |
| 2675 if (row >= 0 && row < w->desired_matrix->matrix_h) | |
|
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2676 { |
| 25012 | 2677 struct glyph_row *current_row |
| 2678 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, row); | |
| 2679 struct glyph_row *desired_row | |
| 2680 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, row); | |
|
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2681 |
|
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2682 if (desired_row->enabled_p) |
|
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2683 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); |
|
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2684 else |
|
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2685 swap_glyph_pointers (desired_row, current_row); |
| 25012 | 2686 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
|
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2687 } |
|
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2688 } |
| 25012 | 2689 |
| 2690 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
|
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2691 } |
|
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2692 } |
| 25012 | 2693 |
| 2694 | |
| 2695 /* Perform row dance after scrolling. We are working on the range of | |
| 2696 lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not | |
| 2697 including) in MATRIX. COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each | |
| 2698 row I in the range 0 <= I < NLINES, the index of the original line | |
| 2699 to move to I. This index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= | |
| 2700 index < NLINES. RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each | |
| 2701 row 0 <= I < NLINES which is empty. | |
| 2702 | |
| 2703 This function is called from do_scrolling and do_direct_scrolling. */ | |
| 2704 | |
| 2705 void | |
| 2706 mirrored_line_dance (matrix, unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, | |
| 2707 retained_p) | |
| 2708 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
| 2709 int unchanged_at_top, nlines; | |
| 2710 int *copy_from; | |
| 2711 char *retained_p; | |
| 2712 { | |
| 2713 /* A copy of original rows. */ | |
| 2714 struct glyph_row *old_rows; | |
| 2715 | |
| 2716 /* Rows to assign to. */ | |
| 2717 struct glyph_row *new_rows = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, unchanged_at_top); | |
| 2718 | |
| 2719 int i; | |
| 2720 | |
| 2721 /* Make a copy of the original rows. */ | |
| 2722 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
| 2723 bcopy (new_rows, old_rows, nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
| 2724 | |
| 2725 /* Assign new rows, maybe clear lines. */ | |
| 2726 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
| 2727 { | |
| 2728 int enabled_before_p = new_rows[i].enabled_p; | |
| 2729 | |
| 2730 xassert (i + unchanged_at_top < matrix->nrows); | |
| 2731 xassert (unchanged_at_top + copy_from[i] < matrix->nrows); | |
| 2732 new_rows[i] = old_rows[copy_from[i]]; | |
| 2733 new_rows[i].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
| 2734 | |
| 2735 /* RETAINED_P is zero for empty lines. */ | |
| 2736 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
| 2737 new_rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
| 2738 } | |
| 2739 | |
| 2740 /* Do the same for window matrices, if MATRIX Is a frame matrix. */ | |
| 2741 if (frame_matrix_frame) | |
| 2742 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), | |
| 2743 unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
| 2744 } | |
| 2745 | |
| 2746 | |
|
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2747 /* Synchronize glyph pointers in the current matrix of window W with |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2748 the current frame matrix. W must be full-width, and be on a tty |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2749 frame. */ |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2750 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2751 static void |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2752 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (w) |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2753 struct window *w; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2754 { |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2755 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2756 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2757 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2758 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2759 must have a frame matrix. */ |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2760 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild)); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2761 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2762 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2763 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2764 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2765 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2766 corresponding frame matrix. */ |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2767 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2768 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2769 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + XFASTINT (w->top); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2770 while (window_row < window_row_end) |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2771 { |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2772 int area; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2773 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2774 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area <= LAST_AREA; ++area) |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2775 window_row->glyphs[area] = frame_row->glyphs[area]; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2776 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2777 ++window_row, ++frame_row; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2778 } |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2779 } |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2780 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2781 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2782 /* Return the window in the window tree rooted in W containing frame |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2783 row ROW. Value is null if none is found. */ |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2784 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2785 struct window * |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2786 frame_row_to_window (w, row) |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2787 struct window *w; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2788 int row; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2789 { |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2790 struct window *found = NULL; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2791 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2792 while (w && !found) |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2793 { |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2794 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2795 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->hchild), row); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2796 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2797 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->vchild), row); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2798 else if (row >= XFASTINT (w->top) |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2799 && row < XFASTINT (w->top) + XFASTINT (w->height)) |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2800 found = w; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2801 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2802 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2803 } |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2804 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2805 return found; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2806 } |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2807 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2808 |
| 25012 | 2809 /* Perform a line dance in the window tree rooted at W, after |
| 2810 scrolling a frame matrix in mirrored_line_dance. | |
| 2811 | |
| 2812 We are working on the range of lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to | |
| 2813 UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not including) in W's frame matrix. | |
| 2814 COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each row I in the range 0 <= | |
| 2815 I < NLINES, the index of the original line to move to I. This | |
| 2816 index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= index < NLINES. | |
| 2817 RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each row 0 <= I < NLINES | |
| 2818 which is empty. */ | |
| 2819 | |
| 2820 static void | |
| 2821 mirror_line_dance (w, unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p) | |
| 2822 struct window *w; | |
| 2823 int unchanged_at_top, nlines; | |
| 2824 int *copy_from; | |
| 2825 char *retained_p; | |
| 2826 { | |
| 2827 while (w) | |
| 2828 { | |
| 2829 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
| 2830 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->hchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
| 2831 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
| 2832 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
| 2833 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->vchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
| 2834 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
| 2835 else | |
| 2836 { | |
| 2837 /* W is a leaf window, and we are working on its current | |
| 2838 matrix m. */ | |
| 2839 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; | |
|
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2840 int i, sync_p = 0; |
| 25012 | 2841 struct glyph_row *old_rows; |
| 2842 | |
| 2843 /* Make a copy of the original rows of matrix m. */ | |
| 2844 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
| 2845 bcopy (m->rows, old_rows, m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
| 2846 | |
| 2847 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
| 2848 { | |
| 2849 /* Frame relative line assigned to. */ | |
| 2850 int frame_to = i + unchanged_at_top; | |
| 2851 | |
| 2852 /* Frame relative line assigned. */ | |
| 2853 int frame_from = copy_from[i] + unchanged_at_top; | |
| 2854 | |
| 2855 /* Window relative line assigned to. */ | |
| 2856 int window_to = frame_to - m->matrix_y; | |
| 2857 | |
| 2858 /* Window relative line assigned. */ | |
| 2859 int window_from = frame_from - m->matrix_y; | |
| 2860 | |
| 2861 /* Is assigned line inside window? */ | |
| 2862 int from_inside_window_p | |
| 2863 = window_from >= 0 && window_from < m->matrix_h; | |
| 2864 | |
|
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2865 /* Is assigned to line inside window? */ |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2866 int to_inside_window_p |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2867 = window_to >= 0 && window_to < m->matrix_h; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2868 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2869 if (from_inside_window_p && to_inside_window_p) |
| 25012 | 2870 { |
| 2871 /* Enabled setting before assignment. */ | |
| 2872 int enabled_before_p; | |
| 2873 | |
| 2874 /* Do the assignment. The enabled_p flag is saved | |
| 2875 over the assignment because the old redisplay did | |
| 2876 that. */ | |
| 2877 enabled_before_p = m->rows[window_to].enabled_p; | |
| 2878 m->rows[window_to] = old_rows[window_from]; | |
| 2879 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
| 2880 | |
| 2881 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ | |
| 2882 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
| 2883 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; | |
| 2884 } | |
|
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2885 else if (to_inside_window_p) |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2886 { |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2887 /* A copy between windows. This is an infrequent |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2888 case not worth optimizing. */ |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2889 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2890 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2891 struct window *w2; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2892 struct glyph_matrix *m2; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2893 int m2_from; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2894 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2895 w2 = frame_row_to_window (root, frame_to); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2896 m2 = w2->current_matrix; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2897 m2_from = frame_from - m2->matrix_y; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2898 copy_row_except_pointers (m->rows + window_to, |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2899 m2->rows + m2_from); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2900 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2901 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2902 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2903 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2904 sync_p = 1; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2905 } |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2906 else if (from_inside_window_p) |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2907 sync_p = 1; |
| 25012 | 2908 } |
|
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2909 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2910 /* If there was a copy between windows, make sure glyph |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2911 pointers are in sync with the frame matrix. */ |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2912 if (sync_p) |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2913 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (w); |
| 25012 | 2914 |
| 2915 /* Check that no pointers are lost. */ | |
| 2916 CHECK_MATRIX (m); | |
| 2917 } | |
| 2918 | |
| 2919 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
| 2920 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
| 2921 } | |
| 2922 } | |
| 2923 | |
| 2924 | |
| 2925 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
| 2926 | |
| 2927 /* Check that window and frame matrices agree about their | |
| 2928 understanding where glyphs of the rows are to find. For each | |
| 2929 window in the window tree rooted at W, check that rows in the | |
| 2930 matrices of leaf window agree with their frame matrices about | |
| 2931 glyph pointers. */ | |
| 314 | 2932 |
| 21514 | 2933 void |
| 25012 | 2934 check_window_matrix_pointers (w) |
| 314 | 2935 struct window *w; |
| 2936 { | |
| 25012 | 2937 while (w) |
| 2938 { | |
| 2939 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
| 2940 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
| 2941 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
| 2942 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
| 2943 else | |
| 2944 { | |
| 2945 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
| 2946 check_matrix_pointers (w->desired_matrix, f->desired_matrix); | |
| 2947 check_matrix_pointers (w->current_matrix, f->current_matrix); | |
| 2948 } | |
| 2949 | |
| 2950 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
| 2951 } | |
| 2952 } | |
| 2953 | |
| 2954 | |
| 2955 /* Check that window rows are slices of frame rows. WINDOW_MATRIX is | |
| 2956 a window and FRAME_MATRIX is the corresponding frame matrix. For | |
| 2957 each row in WINDOW_MATRIX check that it's a slice of the | |
| 2958 corresponding frame row. If it isn't, abort. */ | |
| 2959 | |
| 2960 static void | |
| 2961 check_matrix_pointers (window_matrix, frame_matrix) | |
| 2962 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
| 2963 { | |
| 2964 /* Row number in WINDOW_MATRIX. */ | |
| 2965 int i = 0; | |
| 2966 | |
| 2967 /* Row number corresponding to I in FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
| 2968 int j = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
| 2969 | |
| 2970 /* For all rows check that the row in the window matrix is a | |
| 2971 slice of the row in the frame matrix. If it isn't we didn't | |
| 2972 mirror an operation on the frame matrix correctly. */ | |
| 2973 while (i < window_matrix->nrows) | |
| 2974 { | |
| 2975 if (!glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
| 2976 frame_matrix->rows + j)) | |
| 2977 abort (); | |
| 2978 ++i, ++j; | |
| 2979 } | |
| 2980 } | |
| 2981 | |
| 2982 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
| 2983 | |
| 2984 | |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 /********************************************************************** | |
| 2987 VPOS and HPOS translations | |
| 2988 **********************************************************************/ | |
| 2989 | |
| 2990 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
| 2991 | |
| 2992 /* Translate vertical position VPOS which is relative to window W to a | |
| 2993 vertical position relative to W's frame. */ | |
| 2994 | |
| 2995 static int | |
| 2996 window_to_frame_vpos (w, vpos) | |
| 2997 struct window *w; | |
| 2998 int vpos; | |
| 2999 { | |
| 3000 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
| 3001 | |
| 3002 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
| 3003 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
| 3004 vpos += XFASTINT (w->top); | |
| 3005 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= FRAME_HEIGHT (f)); | |
| 3006 return vpos; | |
| 3007 } | |
| 3008 | |
| 3009 | |
| 3010 /* Translate horizontal position HPOS which is relative to window W to | |
| 3011 a vertical position relative to W's frame. */ | |
| 3012 | |
| 3013 static int | |
| 3014 window_to_frame_hpos (w, hpos) | |
| 3015 struct window *w; | |
| 3016 int hpos; | |
| 3017 { | |
| 3018 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
| 3019 | |
| 3020 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
| 3021 hpos += XFASTINT (w->left); | |
| 3022 return hpos; | |
| 314 | 3023 } |
| 25012 | 3024 |
| 3025 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ | |
| 3026 | |
| 3027 | |
| 314 | 3028 |
| 25012 | 3029 /********************************************************************** |
| 3030 Redrawing Frames | |
| 3031 **********************************************************************/ | |
| 3032 | |
| 3033 DEFUN ("redraw-frame", Fredraw_frame, Sredraw_frame, 1, 1, 0, | |
| 3034 "Clear frame FRAME and output again what is supposed to appear on it.") | |
| 3035 (frame) | |
| 3036 Lisp_Object frame; | |
| 3037 { | |
| 3038 struct frame *f; | |
| 3039 | |
| 3040 CHECK_LIVE_FRAME (frame, 0); | |
| 3041 f = XFRAME (frame); | |
| 3042 | |
| 3043 /* Ignore redraw requests, if frame has no glyphs yet. | |
| 3044 (Implementation note: It still has to be checked why we are | |
| 3045 called so early here). */ | |
| 3046 if (!glyphs_initialized_initially_p) | |
| 3047 return Qnil; | |
| 3048 | |
| 3049 update_begin (f); | |
| 3050 if (FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) | |
| 3051 set_terminal_modes (); | |
| 3052 clear_frame (); | |
| 3053 clear_current_matrices (f); | |
| 3054 update_end (f); | |
| 3055 fflush (stdout); | |
| 3056 windows_or_buffers_changed++; | |
| 3057 /* Mark all windows as inaccurate, so that every window will have | |
| 3058 its redisplay done. */ | |
| 3059 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0); | |
| 3060 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
| 3061 f->garbaged = 0; | |
| 3062 return Qnil; | |
| 3063 } | |
| 3064 | |
| 3065 | |
| 3066 /* Redraw frame F. This is nothing more than a call to the Lisp | |
| 3067 function redraw-frame. */ | |
| 3068 | |
| 3069 void | |
| 3070 redraw_frame (f) | |
| 3071 struct frame *f; | |
| 3072 { | |
| 3073 Lisp_Object frame; | |
| 3074 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
| 3075 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
| 3076 } | |
| 3077 | |
| 3078 | |
| 3079 DEFUN ("redraw-display", Fredraw_display, Sredraw_display, 0, 0, "", | |
| 3080 "Clear and redisplay all visible frames.") | |
| 3081 () | |
| 3082 { | |
| 3083 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
| 3084 | |
| 3085 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
| 3086 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
| 3087 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
| 3088 | |
| 3089 return Qnil; | |
| 3090 } | |
| 3091 | |
| 3092 | |
| 3093 /* This is used when frame_garbaged is set. Call Fredraw_frame on all | |
| 3094 visible frames marked as garbaged. */ | |
| 3095 | |
| 3096 void | |
| 3097 redraw_garbaged_frames () | |
| 3098 { | |
| 3099 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
| 3100 | |
| 3101 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
| 3102 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame)) | |
| 3103 && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
| 3104 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
| 3105 } | |
| 3106 | |
| 3107 | |
| 3108 | |
| 3109 /*********************************************************************** | |
| 3110 Direct Operations | |
| 3111 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 3112 | |
| 3113 /* Try to update display and current glyph matrix directly. | |
| 3114 | |
| 3115 This function is called after a character G has been inserted into | |
| 3116 current_buffer. It tries to update the current glyph matrix and | |
| 3117 perform appropriate screen output to reflect the insertion. If it | |
| 3118 succeeds, the global flag redisplay_performed_directly_p will be | |
| 3119 set to 1, and thereby prevent the more costly general redisplay | |
| 3120 from running (see redisplay_internal). | |
| 3121 | |
| 3122 This function is not called for `hairy' character insertions. | |
| 3123 In particular, it is not called when after or before change | |
| 3124 functions exist, like they are used by font-lock. See keyboard.c | |
| 3125 for details where this function is called. */ | |
| 314 | 3126 |
| 3127 int | |
| 3128 direct_output_for_insert (g) | |
| 3129 int g; | |
| 3130 { | |
|
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
3131 register struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
| 25012 | 3132 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window); |
| 3133 struct it it, it2; | |
| 3134 struct glyph_row *glyph_row; | |
| 3135 struct glyph *glyphs, *glyph, *end; | |
| 3136 int n; | |
| 3137 /* Non-null means that Redisplay of W is based on window matrices. */ | |
| 3138 int window_redisplay_p = FRAME_WINDOW_P (f); | |
| 3139 /* Non-null means we are in overwrite mode. */ | |
| 3140 int overwrite_p = !NILP (current_buffer->overwrite_mode); | |
| 3141 int added_width; | |
| 3142 struct text_pos pos; | |
| 3143 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
| 3144 | |
| 3145 /* Not done directly. */ | |
| 3146 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0; | |
| 3147 | |
| 3148 /* Quickly give up for some common cases. */ | |
| 3149 if (cursor_in_echo_area | |
| 3150 /* Give up if fonts have changed. */ | |
| 3151 || fonts_changed_p | |
| 3152 /* Give up if face attributes have been changed. */ | |
| 3153 || face_change_count | |
| 3154 /* Give up if cursor position not really known. */ | |
| 314 | 3155 || !display_completed |
| 25012 | 3156 /* Give up if buffer appears in two places. */ |
| 314 | 3157 || buffer_shared > 1 |
| 25012 | 3158 /* Give up if w is mini-buffer and a message is being displayed there */ |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
3159 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (w) && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0])) |
| 25012 | 3160 /* Give up for hscrolled mini-buffer because display of the prompt |
| 3161 is handled specially there (see display_line). */ | |
| 3162 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (w) && XFASTINT (w->hscroll)) | |
| 3163 /* Give up if overwriting in the middle of a line. */ | |
| 3164 || (overwrite_p | |
| 3165 && PT != ZV | |
| 3166 && FETCH_BYTE (PT) != '\n') | |
| 3167 /* Give up for tabs and line ends. */ | |
| 3168 || g == '\t' | |
| 3169 || g == '\n' | |
| 3170 || g == '\r' | |
| 3171 /* Give up if unable to display the cursor in the window. */ | |
| 3172 || w->cursor.vpos < 0 | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3173 || (glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos), |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3174 /* Can't do it in a continued line because continuation |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3175 lines would change. */ |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3176 (glyph_row->continued_p |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3177 /* Can't use this method if the line overlaps others or is |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3178 overlapped by others because these other lines would |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3179 have to be redisplayed. */ |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3180 || glyph_row->overlapping_p |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3181 || glyph_row->overlapped_p)) |
| 25012 | 3182 /* Can't do it for partial width windows on terminal frames |
| 3183 because we can't clear to eol in such a window. */ | |
| 3184 || (!window_redisplay_p && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))) | |
| 3185 return 0; | |
| 3186 | |
| 3187 /* Set up a display iterator structure for W. Glyphs will be | |
| 3188 produced in scratch_glyph_row. Current position is W's cursor | |
| 3189 position. */ | |
| 3190 clear_glyph_row (&scratch_glyph_row); | |
| 3191 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE); | |
|
28361
eccb57c44da5
(direct_output_for_insert): Use DEC_TEXT_POS
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27968
diff
changeset
|
3192 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos, !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters)); |
| 25012 | 3193 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), &scratch_glyph_row, |
| 3194 DEFAULT_FACE_ID); | |
| 3195 | |
| 3196 glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos); | |
|
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3197 if (glyph_row->mouse_face_p) |
|
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3198 return 0; |
| 25012 | 3199 |
| 3200 /* Give up if highlighting trailing whitespace and we have trailing | |
| 3201 whitespace in glyph_row. We would have to remove the trailing | |
| 3202 whitespace face in that case. */ | |
|
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3203 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace) |
| 25012 | 3204 && glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
| 3205 { | |
| 3206 struct glyph *last; | |
| 3207 | |
| 3208 last = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; | |
| 3209 if (last->type == STRETCH_GLYPH | |
| 3210 || (last->type == CHAR_GLYPH | |
|
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
3211 && last->u.ch == ' ')) |
| 25012 | 3212 return 0; |
| 3213 } | |
| 3214 | |
| 3215 /* Give up if there are overlay strings at pos. This would fail | |
| 3216 if the overlay string has newlines in it. */ | |
| 3217 if (STRINGP (it.string)) | |
| 3218 return 0; | |
| 3219 | |
| 3220 it.hpos = w->cursor.hpos; | |
| 3221 it.vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
| 3222 it.current_x = w->cursor.x + it.first_visible_x; | |
| 3223 it.current_y = w->cursor.y; | |
| 3224 it.end_charpos = PT; | |
| 3225 it.stop_charpos = min (PT, it.stop_charpos); | |
| 3226 | |
| 3227 /* More than one display element may be returned for PT - 1 if | |
| 3228 (i) it's a control character which is translated into `\003' or | |
| 3229 `^C', or (ii) it has a display table entry, or (iii) it's a | |
| 3230 combination of both. */ | |
| 3231 delta = delta_bytes = 0; | |
| 3232 while (get_next_display_element (&it)) | |
| 3233 { | |
| 3234 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it); | |
| 3235 | |
| 3236 /* Give up if glyph doesn't fit completely on the line. */ | |
| 3237 if (it.current_x >= it.last_visible_x) | |
| 3238 return 0; | |
| 3239 | |
| 3240 /* Give up if new glyph has different ascent or descent than | |
| 3241 the original row, or if it is not a character glyph. */ | |
| 3242 if (glyph_row->ascent != it.ascent | |
| 3243 || glyph_row->height != it.ascent + it.descent | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3244 || glyph_row->phys_ascent != it.phys_ascent |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3245 || glyph_row->phys_height != it.phys_ascent + it.phys_descent |
| 25012 | 3246 || it.what != IT_CHARACTER) |
| 3247 return 0; | |
| 3248 | |
| 3249 delta += 1; | |
| 3250 delta_bytes += it.len; | |
| 3251 set_iterator_to_next (&it); | |
| 3252 } | |
| 3253 | |
| 3254 /* Give up if we hit the right edge of the window. We would have | |
| 3255 to insert truncation or continuation glyphs. */ | |
| 3256 added_width = it.current_x - (w->cursor.x + it.first_visible_x); | |
| 3257 if (glyph_row->pixel_width + added_width >= it.last_visible_x) | |
| 314 | 3258 return 0; |
| 3259 | |
| 25012 | 3260 /* Give up if there is a \t following in the line. */ |
| 3261 it2 = it; | |
| 3262 it2.end_charpos = ZV; | |
| 3263 it2.stop_charpos = min (it2.stop_charpos, ZV); | |
| 3264 while (get_next_display_element (&it2) | |
| 3265 && !ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (&it2)) | |
| 3266 { | |
| 3267 if (it2.c == '\t') | |
| 3268 return 0; | |
| 3269 set_iterator_to_next (&it2); | |
| 3270 } | |
| 3271 | |
| 3272 /* Number of new glyphs produced. */ | |
| 3273 n = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 3274 | |
| 3275 /* Start and end of glyphs in original row. */ | |
| 3276 glyphs = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + w->cursor.hpos; | |
| 3277 end = glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 3278 | |
| 3279 /* Make room for new glyphs, then insert them. */ | |
| 3280 xassert (end - glyphs - n >= 0); | |
|
25781
e5579bc77d9e
(direct_output_for_insert): Cast arguments to
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25735
diff
changeset
|
3281 safe_bcopy ((char *) glyphs, (char *) (glyphs + n), |
|
e5579bc77d9e
(direct_output_for_insert): Cast arguments to
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25735
diff
changeset
|
3282 (end - glyphs - n) * sizeof (*end)); |
| 25012 | 3283 bcopy (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], glyphs, n * sizeof *glyphs); |
| 3284 glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = min (glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] + n, | |
| 3285 end - glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]); | |
| 3286 | |
| 3287 /* Compute new line width. */ | |
| 3288 glyph = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 3289 end = glyph + glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 3290 glyph_row->pixel_width = glyph_row->x; | |
| 3291 while (glyph < end) | |
| 3292 { | |
| 3293 glyph_row->pixel_width += glyph->pixel_width; | |
| 3294 ++glyph; | |
| 3295 } | |
| 3296 | |
| 3297 /* Increment buffer positions for glyphs following the newly | |
| 3298 inserted ones. */ | |
| 3299 for (glyph = glyphs + n; glyph < end; ++glyph) | |
|
26546
0f43cc91d6a5
(direct_output_for_insert): Increment glyph positions
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26499
diff
changeset
|
3300 if (glyph->charpos > 0 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)) |
| 25012 | 3301 glyph->charpos += delta; |
| 3302 | |
| 3303 if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (glyph_row) > 0) | |
| 3304 { | |
| 3305 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (glyph_row) += delta; | |
| 3306 MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (glyph_row) += delta_bytes; | |
| 3307 } | |
| 3308 | |
| 3309 /* Adjust positions in lines following the one we are in. */ | |
|
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3310 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix, |
|
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3311 w->cursor.vpos + 1, |
|
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3312 w->current_matrix->nrows, |
|
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3313 delta, delta_bytes); |
| 25012 | 3314 |
| 3315 glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p | |
| 3316 |= it.glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p; | |
| 3317 | |
|
26591
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3318 glyph_row->displays_text_p = 1; |
|
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3319 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (max (w->cursor.vpos, |
|
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3320 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))); |
|
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3321 |
|
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3322 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)) |
| 25012 | 3323 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it.f, glyph_row); |
| 3324 | |
| 3325 /* Write glyphs. If at end of row, we can simply call write_glyphs. | |
| 3326 In the middle, we have to insert glyphs. Note that this is now | |
| 3327 implemented for X frames. The implementation uses updated_window | |
| 3328 and updated_row. */ | |
| 3329 updated_row = glyph_row; | |
| 3330 update_begin (f); | |
| 3331 if (rif) | |
| 3332 { | |
| 3333 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w); | |
| 3334 | |
| 3335 if (glyphs == end - n) | |
| 3336 rif->write_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
| 3337 else | |
| 3338 rif->insert_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
| 3339 } | |
| 3340 else | |
| 3341 { | |
| 3342 if (glyphs == end - n) | |
| 3343 write_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
| 3344 else | |
| 3345 insert_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
| 3346 } | |
| 3347 | |
| 3348 w->cursor.hpos += n; | |
| 3349 w->cursor.x = it.current_x - it.first_visible_x; | |
| 3350 xassert (w->cursor.hpos >= 0 | |
| 3351 && w->cursor.hpos < w->desired_matrix->matrix_w); | |
| 3352 | |
| 3353 /* How to set the cursor differs depending on whether we are | |
| 3354 using a frame matrix or a window matrix. Note that when | |
| 3355 a frame matrix is used, cursor_to expects frame coordinates, | |
| 3356 and the X and Y parameters are not used. */ | |
| 3357 if (window_redisplay_p) | |
| 3358 rif->cursor_to (w->cursor.vpos, w->cursor.hpos, | |
| 3359 w->cursor.y, w->cursor.x); | |
| 3360 else | |
| 3361 { | |
| 3362 int x, y; | |
| 3363 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos) | |
| 3364 + (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width) | |
| 3365 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) | |
| 3366 : 0)); | |
| 3367 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
| 3368 cursor_to (y, x); | |
| 3369 } | |
| 3370 | |
| 3371 if (rif) | |
|
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3372 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 1, 0); |
| 25012 | 3373 update_end (f); |
| 3374 updated_row = NULL; | |
| 3375 fflush (stdout); | |
| 3376 | |
| 3377 TRACE ((stderr, "direct output for insert\n")); | |
| 3378 | |
|
25372
acf281b41a38
(direct_output_for_insert): Set beg_unchanged
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25345
diff
changeset
|
3379 UNCHANGED_MODIFIED = MODIFF; |
|
acf281b41a38
(direct_output_for_insert): Set beg_unchanged
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25345
diff
changeset
|
3380 BEG_UNCHANGED = GPT - BEG; |
|
16039
855c8d8ba0f0
Change all references from point to PT.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15896
diff
changeset
|
3381 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, PT); |
| 25012 | 3382 w->last_cursor = w->cursor; |
|
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
3383 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, MODIFF); |
|
16195
e15e4bdcb8cc
(direct_output_for_insert): Set last_overlay_modified field in window.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16051
diff
changeset
|
3384 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, OVERLAY_MODIFF); |
| 314 | 3385 |
| 25012 | 3386 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 1; |
| 314 | 3387 return 1; |
| 3388 } | |
| 3389 | |
| 25012 | 3390 |
| 3391 /* Perform a direct display update for moving PT by N positions | |
| 3392 left or right. N < 0 means a movement backwards. This function | |
| 3393 is currently only called for N == 1 or N == -1. */ | |
| 3394 | |
| 314 | 3395 int |
| 3396 direct_output_forward_char (n) | |
| 3397 int n; | |
| 3398 { | |
|
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
3399 struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
| 25012 | 3400 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window); |
| 3401 struct glyph_row *row; | |
| 3402 | |
|
26851
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3403 /* Give up if point moved out of or into a composition. */ |
|
28507
b6f06a755c7d
make_number/XINT/XUINT conversions; EQ/== fixes; ==Qnil -> NILP
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28361
diff
changeset
|
3404 if (check_point_in_composition (current_buffer, XINT (w->last_point), |
|
26851
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3405 current_buffer, PT)) |
|
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3406 return 0; |
|
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3407 |
| 25012 | 3408 /* Give up if face attributes have been changed. */ |
| 3409 if (face_change_count) | |
|
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
3410 return 0; |
| 25012 | 3411 |
| 3412 /* Give up if current matrix is not up to date or we are | |
| 3413 displaying a message. */ | |
| 3414 if (!display_completed || cursor_in_echo_area) | |
| 3415 return 0; | |
| 3416 | |
| 3417 /* Give up if the buffer's direction is reversed. */ | |
| 3418 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->direction_reversed)) | |
| 314 | 3419 return 0; |
|
11096
cac0367b1794
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use direct output at an overlay boundary.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10770
diff
changeset
|
3420 |
|
2794
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3421 /* Can't use direct output if highlighting a region. */ |
|
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3422 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode) && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)) |
|
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3423 return 0; |
|
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3424 |
|
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3425 /* Can't use direct output if highlighting trailing whitespace. */ |
|
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3426 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)) |
|
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3427 return 0; |
|
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3428 |
|
25735
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3429 /* Give up if we are showing a message or just cleared the message |
|
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3430 because we might need to resize the echo area window. */ |
|
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3431 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1])) |
|
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3432 return 0; |
|
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3433 |
|
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3434 /* Give up if currently displaying a message instead of the |
|
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3435 minibuffer contents. */ |
|
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3436 if (XWINDOW (minibuf_window) == w |
|
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3437 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window)) |
|
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3438 return 0; |
|
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3439 |
|
25735
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3440 /* Give up if we don't know where the cursor is. */ |
|
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3441 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0) |
|
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3442 return 0; |
|
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3443 |
| 25012 | 3444 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos); |
| 3445 | |
| 3446 if (PT <= MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) | |
| 3447 || PT >= MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row)) | |
|
6069
07045ca8ff19
(direct_output_forward_char): Use Fget_char_property to test for invisibility.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6068
diff
changeset
|
3448 return 0; |
|
4384
98605d0ea3cf
(direct_output_for_insert): Fail if character
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4290
diff
changeset
|
3449 |
| 25012 | 3450 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0); |
| 3451 w->last_cursor = w->cursor; | |
|
16039
855c8d8ba0f0
Change all references from point to PT.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15896
diff
changeset
|
3452 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, PT); |
| 25012 | 3453 |
| 3454 xassert (w->cursor.hpos >= 0 | |
| 3455 && w->cursor.hpos < w->desired_matrix->matrix_w); | |
| 3456 | |
| 3457 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
| 3458 rif->cursor_to (w->cursor.vpos, w->cursor.hpos, | |
| 3459 w->cursor.y, w->cursor.x); | |
| 3460 else | |
| 3461 { | |
| 3462 int x, y; | |
| 3463 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos) | |
| 3464 + (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width) | |
| 3465 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) | |
| 3466 : 0)); | |
| 3467 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
| 3468 cursor_to (y, x); | |
| 3469 } | |
| 3470 | |
| 314 | 3471 fflush (stdout); |
| 25012 | 3472 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 1; |
| 314 | 3473 return 1; |
| 3474 } | |
| 25012 | 3475 |
| 3476 | |
| 314 | 3477 |
| 25012 | 3478 /*********************************************************************** |
| 3479 Frame Update | |
| 3480 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 3481 | |
| 3482 /* Update frame F based on the data in desired matrices. | |
| 3483 | |
| 3484 If FORCE_P is non-zero, don't let redisplay be stopped by detecting | |
| 3485 pending input. If INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P is non-zero, don't try | |
| 3486 scrolling. | |
| 3487 | |
| 3488 Value is non-zero if redisplay was stopped due to pending input. */ | |
| 314 | 3489 |
| 3490 int | |
| 25012 | 3491 update_frame (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p) |
| 3492 struct frame *f; | |
| 3493 int force_p; | |
| 3494 int inhibit_hairy_id_p; | |
| 3495 { | |
| 3496 /* 1 means display has been paused because of pending input. */ | |
| 3497 int paused_p; | |
| 3498 struct window *root_window = XWINDOW (f->root_window); | |
| 3499 | |
| 3500 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
| 3501 { | |
| 3502 /* We are working on window matrix basis. All windows whose | |
| 3503 flag must_be_updated_p is set have to be updated. */ | |
| 3504 | |
| 3505 /* Record that we are not working on frame matrices. */ | |
| 3506 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
| 3507 | |
| 3508 /* Update all windows in the window tree of F, maybe stopping | |
| 3509 when pending input is detected. */ | |
| 3510 update_begin (f); | |
| 3511 | |
| 3512 /* Update the menu bar on X frames that don't have toolkit | |
| 3513 support. */ | |
| 3514 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
| 3515 update_window (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window), 1); | |
| 3516 | |
| 3517 /* Update the tool-bar window, if present. */ | |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3518 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
| 25012 | 3519 { |
| 3520 Lisp_Object tem; | |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3521 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
| 25012 | 3522 |
| 3523 /* Update tool-bar window. */ | |
| 3524 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
| 3525 { | |
| 3526 update_window (w, 1); | |
| 3527 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
| 3528 | |
| 3529 /* Swap tool-bar strings. We swap because we want to | |
| 3530 reuse strings. */ | |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3531 tem = f->current_tool_bar_string; |
|
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3532 f->current_tool_bar_string = f->desired_tool_bar_string; |
|
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3533 f->desired_tool_bar_string = tem; |
|
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3534 f->n_current_tool_bar_items = f->n_desired_tool_bar_items; |
| 25012 | 3535 |
| 3536 /* Swap tool-bar items. We swap because we want to | |
| 3537 reuse vectors. */ | |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3538 tem = f->current_tool_bar_items; |
|
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3539 f->current_tool_bar_items = f->desired_tool_bar_items; |
|
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3540 f->desired_tool_bar_items = tem; |
| 25012 | 3541 } |
| 3542 } | |
| 3543 | |
| 3544 | |
| 3545 /* Update windows. */ | |
| 3546 paused_p = update_window_tree (root_window, force_p); | |
| 3547 update_end (f); | |
| 3548 display_completed = !paused_p; | |
| 3549 | |
| 3550 /* The flush is a performance bottleneck under X. */ | |
| 3551 #if 0 | |
| 3552 rif->flush_display (f); | |
| 3553 #endif | |
| 3554 } | |
| 3555 else | |
| 3556 { | |
| 3557 /* We are working on frame matrix basis. Set the frame on whose | |
| 3558 frame matrix we operate. */ | |
| 3559 set_frame_matrix_frame (f); | |
| 3560 | |
| 3561 /* Build F's desired matrix from window matrices. For windows | |
| 3562 whose must_be_updated_p flag is set, desired matrices are | |
| 3563 made part of the desired frame matrix. For other windows, | |
| 3564 the current matrix is copied. */ | |
| 3565 build_frame_matrix (f); | |
| 3566 | |
| 3567 /* Do the update on the frame desired matrix. */ | |
| 3568 paused_p = update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p); | |
| 3569 | |
| 3570 /* Check window matrices for lost pointers. */ | |
| 3571 IF_DEBUG (check_window_matrix_pointers (root_window)); | |
| 3572 } | |
| 3573 | |
| 3574 /* Reset flags indicating that a window should be updated. */ | |
| 3575 set_window_update_flags (root_window, 0); | |
| 3576 return paused_p; | |
| 3577 } | |
| 3578 | |
| 3579 | |
| 3580 | |
| 3581 /************************************************************************ | |
| 3582 Window-based updates | |
| 3583 ************************************************************************/ | |
| 3584 | |
| 3585 /* Perform updates in window tree rooted at W. FORCE_P non-zero means | |
| 3586 don't stop updating when input is pending. */ | |
| 3587 | |
| 3588 static int | |
| 3589 update_window_tree (w, force_p) | |
| 3590 struct window *w; | |
| 3591 int force_p; | |
| 3592 { | |
| 3593 int paused_p = 0; | |
| 3594 | |
| 3595 while (w && !paused_p) | |
| 3596 { | |
| 3597 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
| 3598 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), force_p); | |
| 3599 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
| 3600 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), force_p); | |
| 3601 else if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
| 3602 paused_p |= update_window (w, force_p); | |
| 3603 | |
| 3604 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
| 3605 } | |
| 3606 | |
| 3607 return paused_p; | |
| 3608 } | |
| 3609 | |
| 3610 | |
| 3611 /* Update window W if its flag must_be_updated_p is non-zero. If | |
| 3612 FORCE_P is non-zero, don't stop updating if input is pending. */ | |
| 3613 | |
| 3614 void | |
| 3615 update_single_window (w, force_p) | |
| 3616 struct window *w; | |
| 3617 int force_p; | |
| 3618 { | |
| 3619 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
| 3620 { | |
| 3621 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); | |
| 3622 | |
| 3623 /* Record that this is not a frame-based redisplay. */ | |
| 3624 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
| 3625 | |
| 3626 /* Update W. */ | |
| 3627 update_begin (f); | |
| 3628 update_window (w, force_p); | |
| 3629 update_end (f); | |
| 3630 | |
| 3631 /* Reset flag in W. */ | |
| 3632 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
| 3633 } | |
| 3634 } | |
| 3635 | |
| 3636 | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3637 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that are |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3638 overlapped by other rows. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3639 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3640 static void |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3641 redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3642 struct window *w; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3643 int yb; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3644 { |
|
30165
d7ec5b3caccc
(redraw_overlapped_rows): Add missing local.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30161
diff
changeset
|
3645 int i; |
|
d7ec5b3caccc
(redraw_overlapped_rows): Add missing local.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30161
diff
changeset
|
3646 |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3647 /* If rows overlapping others have been changed, the rows being |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3648 overlapped have to be redrawn. This won't draw lines that have |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3649 already been drawn in update_window_line because overlapped_p in |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3650 desired rows is 0, so after row assignment overlapped_p in |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3651 current rows is 0. */ |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3652 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3653 { |
|
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3654 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3655 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3656 if (!row->enabled_p) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3657 break; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3658 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3659 continue; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3660 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3661 if (row->overlapped_p) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3662 { |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3663 enum glyph_row_area area; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3664 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3665 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3666 { |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3667 updated_row = row; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3668 updated_area = area; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3669 rif->cursor_to (i, 0, row->y, area == TEXT_AREA ? row->x : 0); |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3670 if (row->used[area]) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3671 rif->write_glyphs (row->glyphs[area], row->used[area]); |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3672 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3673 } |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3674 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3675 row->overlapped_p = 0; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3676 } |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3677 |
|
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3678 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3679 break; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3680 } |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3681 } |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3682 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3683 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3684 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that overlap |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3685 others. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3686 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3687 static void |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3688 redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3689 struct window *w; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3690 int yb; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3691 { |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3692 int i, bottom_y; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3693 struct glyph_row *row; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3694 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3695 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3696 { |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3697 row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3698 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3699 if (!row->enabled_p) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3700 break; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3701 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3702 continue; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3703 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3704 bottom_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row); |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3705 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3706 if (row->overlapping_p && i > 0 && bottom_y < yb) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3707 { |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3708 if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3709 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3710 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3711 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3712 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, TEXT_AREA); |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3713 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3714 if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3715 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3716 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3717 /* Record in neighbor rows that ROW overwrites part of their |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3718 display. */ |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3719 if (row->phys_ascent > row->ascent && i > 0) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3720 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i - 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3721 if ((row->phys_height - row->phys_ascent |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3722 > row->height - row->ascent) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3723 && bottom_y < yb) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3724 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i + 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3725 } |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3726 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3727 if (bottom_y >= yb) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3728 break; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3729 } |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3730 } |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3731 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3732 |
| 25012 | 3733 /* Update display of window W. FORCE_P non-zero means that we should |
| 3734 not stop when detecting pending input. */ | |
| 3735 | |
| 3736 static int | |
| 3737 update_window (w, force_p) | |
| 3738 struct window *w; | |
| 3739 int force_p; | |
| 3740 { | |
| 3741 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
| 3742 int paused_p; | |
| 3743 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
| 3744 extern int input_pending; | |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
3745 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
3746 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 25012 | 3747 extern struct frame *updating_frame; |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
3748 #endif |
| 25012 | 3749 |
| 3750 /* Check that W's frame doesn't have glyph matrices. */ | |
| 3751 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
| 3752 xassert (updating_frame != NULL); | |
| 3753 | |
| 3754 /* Check pending input the first time so that we can quickly return. */ | |
| 3755 if (redisplay_dont_pause) | |
| 3756 force_p = 1; | |
| 3757 else | |
| 3758 detect_input_pending (); | |
| 3759 | |
| 3760 /* If forced to complete the update, or if no input is pending, do | |
| 3761 the update. */ | |
| 3762 if (force_p || !input_pending) | |
| 3763 { | |
| 3764 struct glyph_row *row, *end; | |
| 3765 struct glyph_row *mode_line_row; | |
| 25546 | 3766 struct glyph_row *header_line_row = NULL; |
|
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3767 int yb, changed_p = 0, mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0; |
| 25012 | 3768 |
| 3769 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w); | |
| 3770 yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
| 3771 | |
| 3772 /* If window has a top line, update it before everything else. | |
| 3773 Adjust y-positions of other rows by the top line height. */ | |
| 3774 row = desired_matrix->rows; | |
| 3775 end = row + desired_matrix->nrows - 1; | |
| 3776 if (row->mode_line_p) | |
| 25546 | 3777 header_line_row = row++; |
| 25012 | 3778 |
| 3779 /* Update the mode line, if necessary. */ | |
| 3780 mode_line_row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (desired_matrix); | |
| 3781 if (mode_line_row->mode_line_p && mode_line_row->enabled_p) | |
| 3782 { | |
| 3783 mode_line_row->y = yb; | |
| 3784 update_window_line (w, MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (mode_line_row, | |
|
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3785 desired_matrix), |
|
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3786 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3787 changed_p = 1; |
| 25012 | 3788 } |
| 3789 | |
| 3790 /* Find first enabled row. Optimizations in redisplay_internal | |
| 3791 may lead to an update with only one row enabled. There may | |
| 3792 be also completely empty matrices. */ | |
| 3793 while (row < end && !row->enabled_p) | |
| 3794 ++row; | |
| 3795 | |
| 3796 /* Try reusing part of the display by inserting/deleting lines. */ | |
| 3797 if (row < end && !desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p) | |
| 3798 { | |
| 25546 | 3799 int rc = scrolling_window (w, header_line_row != NULL); |
| 25012 | 3800 if (rc < 0) |
| 3801 { | |
| 3802 /* All rows were found to be equal. */ | |
| 3803 paused_p = 0; | |
| 3804 goto set_cursor; | |
| 3805 } | |
| 3806 else if (rc > 0) | |
| 3807 force_p = 1; | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3808 changed_p = 1; |
| 25012 | 3809 } |
| 3810 | |
| 3811 /* Update the top mode line after scrolling because a new top | |
| 3812 line would otherwise overwrite lines at the top of the window | |
| 3813 that can be scrolled. */ | |
| 25546 | 3814 if (header_line_row && header_line_row->enabled_p) |
| 25012 | 3815 { |
| 25546 | 3816 header_line_row->y = 0; |
|
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3817 update_window_line (w, 0, &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3818 changed_p = 1; |
| 25012 | 3819 } |
| 3820 | |
| 3821 /* Update the rest of the lines. */ | |
| 3822 for (; row < end && (force_p || !input_pending); ++row) | |
| 3823 if (row->enabled_p | |
| 3824 /* A row can be completely invisible in case a desired | |
| 3825 matrix was built with a vscroll and then | |
| 3826 make_cursor_line_fully_visible shifts the matrix. */ | |
| 3827 && row->visible_height > 0) | |
| 3828 { | |
| 3829 int vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, desired_matrix); | |
| 3830 int i; | |
| 3831 | |
| 3832 /* We'll Have to play a little bit with when to | |
| 3833 detect_input_pending. If it's done too often, | |
| 3834 scrolling large windows with repeated scroll-up | |
| 3835 commands will too quickly pause redisplay. */ | |
| 3836 if (!force_p && vpos % preempt_count == 0) | |
| 3837 detect_input_pending (); | |
| 3838 | |
|
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3839 changed_p |= update_window_line (w, vpos, |
|
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3840 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
| 25012 | 3841 |
| 3842 /* Mark all rows below the last visible one in the current | |
| 3843 matrix as invalid. This is necessary because of | |
| 3844 variable line heights. Consider the case of three | |
| 3845 successive redisplays, where the first displays 5 | |
| 3846 lines, the second 3 lines, and the third 5 lines again. | |
| 3847 If the second redisplay wouldn't mark rows in the | |
| 3848 current matrix invalid, the third redisplay might be | |
| 3849 tempted to optimize redisplay based on lines displayed | |
| 3850 in the first redisplay. */ | |
| 3851 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) | |
| 3852 for (i = vpos + 1; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) | |
| 3853 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i)->enabled_p = 0; | |
| 3854 } | |
| 3855 | |
| 3856 /* Was display preempted? */ | |
| 3857 paused_p = row < end; | |
| 3858 | |
| 3859 set_cursor: | |
| 3860 | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3861 /* Fix the appearance of overlapping(overlapped rows. */ |
| 25012 | 3862 if (!paused_p && !w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 3863 { | |
|
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3864 if (changed_p && rif->fix_overlapping_area) |
|
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3865 { |
|
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3866 redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb); |
|
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3867 redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb); |
|
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3868 } |
|
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3869 |
| 25012 | 3870 /* Make cursor visible at cursor position of W. */ |
| 3871 set_window_cursor_after_update (w); | |
| 3872 | |
|
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3873 #if 0 /* Check that current matrix invariants are satisfied. This is |
|
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3874 for debugging only. See the comment of check_matrix_invariants. */ |
| 25012 | 3875 IF_DEBUG (check_matrix_invariants (w)); |
| 3876 #endif | |
| 3877 } | |
| 3878 | |
| 3879 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
| 3880 /* Remember the redisplay method used to display the matrix. */ | |
| 3881 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); | |
| 3882 #endif | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3883 |
| 25012 | 3884 /* End of update of window W. */ |
|
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3885 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 1, mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
| 25012 | 3886 } |
| 3887 else | |
| 3888 paused_p = 1; | |
| 3889 | |
| 3890 clear_glyph_matrix (desired_matrix); | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3891 |
| 25012 | 3892 return paused_p; |
| 3893 } | |
| 3894 | |
| 3895 | |
| 3896 /* Update the display of area AREA in window W, row number VPOS. | |
| 3897 AREA can be either LEFT_MARGIN_AREA or RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA. */ | |
| 3898 | |
| 3899 static void | |
| 3900 update_marginal_area (w, area, vpos) | |
| 3901 struct window *w; | |
| 3902 int area, vpos; | |
| 3903 { | |
| 3904 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
| 3905 | |
| 3906 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
| 3907 will be relative to. */ | |
| 3908 updated_area = area; | |
| 3909 | |
| 3910 /* Set cursor to start of glyphs, write them, and clear to the end | |
| 3911 of the area. I don't think that something more sophisticated is | |
| 3912 necessary here, since marginal areas will not be the default. */ | |
| 3913 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, 0); | |
| 3914 if (desired_row->used[area]) | |
| 3915 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[area], desired_row->used[area]); | |
| 3916 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
| 3917 } | |
| 3918 | |
| 3919 | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3920 /* Update the display of the text area of row VPOS in window W. |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3921 Value is non-zero if display has changed. */ |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3922 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3923 static int |
| 25012 | 3924 update_text_area (w, vpos) |
| 3925 struct window *w; | |
| 3926 int vpos; | |
| 314 | 3927 { |
| 25012 | 3928 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); |
| 3929 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3930 int changed_p = 0; |
| 25012 | 3931 |
| 3932 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
| 3933 will be relative to. */ | |
| 3934 updated_area = TEXT_AREA; | |
| 3935 | |
| 3936 /* If rows are at different X or Y, or rows have different height, | |
| 3937 or the current row is marked invalid, write the entire line. */ | |
| 3938 if (!current_row->enabled_p | |
| 3939 || desired_row->y != current_row->y | |
| 3940 || desired_row->ascent != current_row->ascent | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3941 || desired_row->phys_ascent != current_row->phys_ascent |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3942 || desired_row->phys_height != current_row->phys_height |
| 25012 | 3943 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3944 || current_row->overlapped_p |
|
30307
faf4e303bab7
(update_text_area): Write the whole row if it
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30165
diff
changeset
|
3945 || current_row->mouse_face_p |
| 25012 | 3946 || current_row->x != desired_row->x) |
| 3947 { | |
| 3948 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, desired_row->x); | |
| 3949 | |
| 3950 if (desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
| 3951 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], | |
| 3952 desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
| 3953 | |
| 3954 /* Clear to end of window. */ | |
| 3955 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3956 changed_p = 1; |
| 25012 | 3957 } |
| 3958 else | |
| 3959 { | |
| 3960 int stop, i, x; | |
| 3961 struct glyph *current_glyph = current_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 3962 struct glyph *desired_glyph = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 3963 | |
| 3964 /* If the desired row extends its face to the text area end, | |
| 3965 make sure we write at least one glyph, so that the face | |
| 3966 extension actually takes place. */ | |
| 3967 int desired_stop_pos = (desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] | |
| 3968 - (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row) | |
| 3969 ? 1 : 0)); | |
| 3970 | |
| 3971 stop = min (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA], desired_stop_pos); | |
| 3972 i = 0; | |
| 3973 x = desired_row->x; | |
| 3974 | |
| 3975 while (i < stop) | |
| 3976 { | |
| 3977 /* Skip over glyphs that both rows have in common. These | |
| 3978 don't have to be written. */ | |
| 3979 while (i < stop | |
| 3980 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) | |
| 3981 { | |
| 3982 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; | |
| 3983 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; | |
| 3984 } | |
| 3985 | |
| 3986 /* Consider the case that the current row contains "xxx ppp | |
| 3987 ggg" in italic Courier font, and the desired row is "xxx | |
| 3988 ggg". The character `p' has lbearing, `g' has not. The | |
| 3989 loop above will stop in front of the first `p' in the | |
| 3990 current row. If we would start writing glyphs there, we | |
| 3991 wouldn't erase the lbearing of the `p'. The rest of the | |
| 3992 lbearing problem is then taken care of by x_draw_glyphs. */ | |
| 3993 if (current_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p | |
| 3994 && i > 0 | |
| 3995 && i < current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] | |
| 3996 && current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] != desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
| 3997 { | |
| 3998 int left, right; | |
| 3999 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (current_glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), | |
| 4000 &left, &right); | |
| 4001 while (left > 0 && i > 0) | |
| 4002 { | |
| 4003 --i, --desired_glyph, --current_glyph; | |
| 4004 x -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; | |
| 4005 left -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; | |
| 4006 } | |
| 4007 } | |
| 4008 | |
| 4009 /* Try to avoid writing the entire rest of the desired row | |
| 4010 by looking for a resync point. This mainly prevents | |
| 4011 mode line flickering in the case the mode line is in | |
| 4012 fixed-pitch font, which it usually will be. */ | |
| 4013 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
| 4014 { | |
| 4015 int start_x = x, start_hpos = i; | |
| 4016 struct glyph *start = desired_glyph; | |
| 4017 int current_x = x; | |
| 4018 | |
| 4019 /* Find the next glyph that's equal again. */ | |
| 4020 while (i < stop | |
| 4021 && !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph) | |
| 4022 && x == current_x) | |
| 4023 { | |
| 4024 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; | |
| 4025 current_x += current_glyph->pixel_width; | |
| 4026 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; | |
| 4027 } | |
| 4028 | |
| 4029 if (i == start_hpos || x != current_x) | |
| 4030 { | |
| 4031 i = start_hpos; | |
| 4032 x = start_x; | |
| 4033 desired_glyph = start; | |
| 4034 break; | |
| 4035 } | |
| 4036 | |
| 4037 rif->cursor_to (vpos, start_hpos, desired_row->y, start_x); | |
| 4038 rif->write_glyphs (start, i - start_hpos); | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4039 changed_p = 1; |
| 25012 | 4040 } |
| 4041 } | |
| 4042 | |
| 4043 /* Write the rest. */ | |
| 4044 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
| 4045 { | |
| 4046 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, x); | |
| 4047 rif->write_glyphs (desired_glyph, desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - i); | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4048 changed_p = 1; |
| 25012 | 4049 } |
| 4050 | |
| 4051 /* Maybe clear to end of line. */ | |
| 4052 if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row)) | |
| 4053 { | |
| 4054 /* If new row extends to the end of the text area, nothing | |
| 4055 has to be cleared, if and only if we did a write_glyphs | |
| 4056 above. This is made sure by setting desired_stop_pos | |
| 4057 appropriately above. */ | |
| 4058 xassert (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
| 4059 } | |
| 4060 else if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (current_row)) | |
| 4061 { | |
| 4062 /* If old row extends to the end of the text area, clear. */ | |
| 4063 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
| 4064 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
| 4065 desired_row->x + desired_row->pixel_width); | |
| 4066 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4067 changed_p = 1; |
| 25012 | 4068 } |
| 4069 else if (desired_row->pixel_width < current_row->pixel_width) | |
| 4070 { | |
| 4071 /* Otherwise clear to the end of the old row. Everything | |
| 4072 after that position should be clear already. */ | |
| 4073 int x; | |
| 4074 | |
| 4075 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
| 4076 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
| 4077 desired_row->x + desired_row->pixel_width); | |
| 4078 | |
| 4079 /* If cursor is displayed at the end of the line, make sure | |
| 4080 it's cleared. Nowadays we don't have a phys_cursor_glyph | |
| 4081 with which to erase the cursor (because this method | |
| 4082 doesn't work with lbearing/rbearing), so we must do it | |
| 4083 this way. */ | |
| 4084 if (vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos | |
| 4085 && w->phys_cursor.hpos >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
| 4086 { | |
| 4087 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; | |
| 4088 x = -1; | |
| 4089 } | |
| 4090 else | |
| 4091 x = current_row->x + current_row->pixel_width; | |
| 4092 rif->clear_end_of_line (x); | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4093 changed_p = 1; |
| 25012 | 4094 } |
| 4095 } | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4096 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4097 return changed_p; |
| 25012 | 4098 } |
| 4099 | |
| 4100 | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4101 /* Update row VPOS in window W. Value is non-zero if display has been |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4102 changed. */ |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4103 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4104 static int |
|
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4105 update_window_line (w, vpos, mouse_face_overwritten_p) |
| 25012 | 4106 struct window *w; |
|
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4107 int vpos, *mouse_face_overwritten_p; |
| 25012 | 4108 { |
| 4109 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
| 4110 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4111 int changed_p = 0; |
| 25012 | 4112 |
| 4113 xassert (desired_row->enabled_p); | |
| 4114 | |
| 4115 /* Set the row being updated. This is important to let xterm.c | |
| 4116 know what line height values are in effect. */ | |
| 4117 updated_row = desired_row; | |
| 4118 | |
| 4119 /* Update display of the left margin area, if there is one. */ | |
| 4120 if (!desired_row->full_width_p | |
| 4121 && !NILP (w->left_margin_width)) | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4122 { |
|
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4123 changed_p = 1; |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4124 update_marginal_area (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4125 } |
| 25012 | 4126 |
| 4127 /* Update the display of the text area. */ | |
|
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4128 if (update_text_area (w, vpos)) |
|
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4129 { |
|
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4130 changed_p = 1; |
|
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4131 if (current_row->mouse_face_p) |
|
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4132 *mouse_face_overwritten_p = 1; |
|
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4133 } |
| 25012 | 4134 |
| 4135 /* Update display of the right margin area, if there is one. */ | |
| 4136 if (!desired_row->full_width_p | |
| 4137 && !NILP (w->right_margin_width)) | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4138 { |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4139 changed_p = 1; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4140 update_marginal_area (w, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4141 } |
| 25012 | 4142 |
| 4143 /* Draw truncation marks etc. */ | |
| 4144 if (!current_row->enabled_p | |
| 4145 || desired_row->y != current_row->y | |
| 4146 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height | |
| 4147 || desired_row->overlay_arrow_p != current_row->overlay_arrow_p | |
| 4148 || desired_row->truncated_on_left_p != current_row->truncated_on_left_p | |
| 4149 || desired_row->truncated_on_right_p != current_row->truncated_on_right_p | |
| 4150 || desired_row->continued_p != current_row->continued_p | |
| 4151 || desired_row->mode_line_p != current_row->mode_line_p | |
| 4152 || (desired_row->indicate_empty_line_p | |
| 4153 != current_row->indicate_empty_line_p) | |
| 4154 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (desired_row) | |
| 4155 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (current_row))) | |
| 4156 rif->after_update_window_line_hook (desired_row); | |
| 4157 | |
| 4158 /* Update current_row from desired_row. */ | |
| 4159 make_current (w->desired_matrix, w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
| 4160 updated_row = NULL; | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4161 return changed_p; |
| 25012 | 4162 } |
| 4163 | |
| 4164 | |
| 4165 /* Set the cursor after an update of window W. This function may only | |
| 4166 be called from update_window. */ | |
| 4167 | |
| 4168 static void | |
| 4169 set_window_cursor_after_update (w) | |
| 4170 struct window *w; | |
| 4171 { | |
| 4172 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
| 4173 int cx, cy, vpos, hpos; | |
| 4174 | |
| 4175 /* Not intended for frame matrix updates. */ | |
| 4176 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
| 4177 | |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4178 if (cursor_in_echo_area |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4179 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4180 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4181 show the cursor for the message instead. */ |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4182 && XWINDOW (minibuf_window) == w |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4183 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
| 25012 | 4184 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
| 4185 the active mini-buffer window. */ | |
| 4186 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) | |
| 4187 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) | |
| 4188 { | |
| 4189 cx = cy = vpos = hpos = 0; | |
| 4190 | |
| 4191 if (cursor_in_echo_area >= 0) | |
| 4192 { | |
| 4193 /* If the mini-buffer is several lines high, find the last | |
| 4194 line that has any text on it. Note: either all lines | |
| 4195 are enabled or none. Otherwise we wouldn't be able to | |
| 4196 determine Y. */ | |
|
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4197 struct glyph_row *row, *last_row; |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4198 struct glyph *glyph; |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4199 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4200 |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4201 last_row = NULL; |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4202 for (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, 0); |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4203 row->enabled_p; |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4204 ++row) |
| 25012 | 4205 { |
|
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4206 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4207 && row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].charpos >= 0) |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4208 last_row = row; |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4209 |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4210 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4211 break; |
| 25012 | 4212 } |
|
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4213 |
| 25012 | 4214 if (last_row) |
| 4215 { | |
|
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4216 struct glyph *start = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4217 struct glyph *last = start + row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4218 |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4219 while (last > start && last->charpos < 0) |
|
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4220 --last; |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4221 |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4222 for (glyph = start; glyph < last; ++glyph) |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4223 { |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4224 cx += glyph->pixel_width; |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4225 ++hpos; |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4226 } |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4227 |
| 25012 | 4228 cy = last_row->y; |
|
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4229 vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_row, w->current_matrix); |
| 25012 | 4230 } |
| 4231 } | |
| 4232 } | |
| 4233 else | |
| 4234 { | |
| 4235 cx = w->cursor.x; | |
| 4236 cy = w->cursor.y; | |
| 4237 hpos = w->cursor.hpos; | |
| 4238 vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
| 4239 } | |
| 4240 | |
| 4241 /* Window cursor can be out of sync for horizontally split windows. */ | |
| 4242 hpos = max (0, hpos); | |
| 4243 hpos = min (w->current_matrix->matrix_w - 1, hpos); | |
| 4244 vpos = max (0, vpos); | |
| 4245 vpos = min (w->current_matrix->nrows - 1, vpos); | |
| 4246 rif->cursor_to (vpos, hpos, cy, cx); | |
| 4247 } | |
| 4248 | |
| 4249 | |
|
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4250 /* Set WINDOW->must_be_updated_p to ON_P for all windows in the window |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4251 tree rooted at W. */ |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4252 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4253 void |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4254 set_window_update_flags (w, on_p) |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4255 struct window *w; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4256 int on_p; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4257 { |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4258 while (w) |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4259 { |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4260 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4261 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p); |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4262 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4263 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p); |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4264 else |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4265 w->must_be_updated_p = on_p; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4266 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4267 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4268 } |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4269 } |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4270 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4271 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4272 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4273 /*********************************************************************** |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4274 Window-Based Scrolling |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4275 ***********************************************************************/ |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4276 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4277 /* Structure describing rows in scrolling_window. */ |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4278 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4279 struct row_entry |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4280 { |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4281 /* Number of occurrences of this row in desired and current matrix. */ |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4282 int old_uses, new_uses; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4283 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4284 /* Vpos of row in new matrix. */ |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4285 int new_line_number; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4286 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4287 /* Bucket index of this row_entry in the hash table row_table. */ |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4288 int bucket; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4289 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4290 /* The row described by this entry. */ |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4291 struct glyph_row *row; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4292 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4293 /* Hash collision chain. */ |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4294 struct row_entry *next; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4295 }; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4296 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4297 /* A pool to allocate row_entry structures from, and the size of the |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4298 pool. The pool is reallocated in scrolling_window when we find |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4299 that we need a larger one. */ |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4300 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4301 static struct row_entry *row_entry_pool; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4302 static int row_entry_pool_size; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4303 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4304 /* Index of next free entry in row_entry_pool. */ |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4305 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4306 static int row_entry_idx; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4307 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4308 /* The hash table used during scrolling, and the table's size. This |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4309 table is used to quickly identify equal rows in the desired and |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4310 current matrix. */ |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4311 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4312 static struct row_entry **row_table; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4313 static int row_table_size; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4314 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4315 /* Vectors of pointers to row_entry structures belonging to the |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4316 current and desired matrix, and the size of the vectors. */ |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4317 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4318 static struct row_entry **old_lines, **new_lines; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4319 static int old_lines_size, new_lines_size; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4320 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4321 /* A pool to allocate run structures from, and its size. */ |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4322 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4323 static struct run *run_pool; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4324 static int runs_size; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4325 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4326 /* A vector of runs of lines found during scrolling. */ |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4327 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4328 static struct run **runs; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4329 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4330 static struct row_entry *add_row_entry P_ ((struct window *, |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4331 struct glyph_row *)); |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4332 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4333 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4334 /* Add glyph row ROW to the scrolling hash table during the scrolling |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4335 of window W. */ |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4336 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4337 static INLINE struct row_entry * |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4338 add_row_entry (w, row) |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4339 struct window *w; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4340 struct glyph_row *row; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4341 { |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4342 struct row_entry *entry; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4343 int i = row->hash % row_table_size; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4344 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4345 entry = row_table[i]; |
|
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4346 while (entry && !row_equal_p (w, entry->row, row, 1)) |
|
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4347 entry = entry->next; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4348 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4349 if (entry == NULL) |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4350 { |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4351 entry = row_entry_pool + row_entry_idx++; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4352 entry->row = row; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4353 entry->old_uses = entry->new_uses = 0; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4354 entry->new_line_number = 0; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4355 entry->bucket = i; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4356 entry->next = row_table[i]; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4357 row_table[i] = entry; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4358 } |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4359 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4360 return entry; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4361 } |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4362 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4363 |
| 25012 | 4364 /* Try to reuse part of the current display of W by scrolling lines. |
| 25546 | 4365 HEADER_LINE_P non-zero means W has a top mode line. |
| 25012 | 4366 |
| 4367 The algorithm is taken from Communications of the ACM, Apr78 "A | |
| 4368 Technique for Isolating Differences Between Files." It should take | |
| 4369 O(N) time. | |
| 4370 | |
| 4371 A short outline of the steps of the algorithm | |
| 4372 | |
| 4373 1. Skip lines equal at the start and end of both matrices. | |
| 4374 | |
| 4375 2. Enter rows in the current and desired matrix into a symbol | |
| 4376 table, counting how often they appear in both matrices. | |
| 4377 | |
| 4378 3. Rows that appear exactly once in both matrices serve as anchors, | |
| 4379 i.e. we assume that such lines are likely to have been moved. | |
| 4380 | |
| 4381 4. Starting from anchor lines, extend regions to be scrolled both | |
| 4382 forward and backward. | |
| 4383 | |
| 4384 Value is | |
| 4385 | |
| 4386 -1 if all rows were found to be equal. | |
| 4387 0 to indicate that we did not scroll the display, or | |
| 4388 1 if we did scroll. */ | |
| 4389 | |
| 4390 static int | |
| 25546 | 4391 scrolling_window (w, header_line_p) |
| 25012 | 4392 struct window *w; |
| 25546 | 4393 int header_line_p; |
| 25012 | 4394 { |
| 4395 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
| 4396 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
| 4397 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
|
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4398 int i, j, first_old, first_new, last_old, last_new; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4399 int nruns, nbytes, n, run_idx; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4400 struct row_entry *entry; |
| 25012 | 4401 |
| 4402 /* Skip over rows equal at the start. */ | |
| 25546 | 4403 i = header_line_p ? 1 : 0; |
| 25012 | 4404 while (i < current_matrix->nrows - 1 |
| 4405 && MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, i) | |
| 4406 && MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i) | |
|
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4407 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)) <= yb |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4408 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)) <= yb |
| 25012 | 4409 && row_equal_p (w, |
| 4410 MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i), | |
|
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4411 MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i), 1)) |
| 25012 | 4412 { |
| 4413 assign_row (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i), | |
| 4414 MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); | |
| 4415 MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p = 0; | |
| 4416 ++i; | |
| 4417 } | |
| 4418 | |
| 4419 /* Give up if some rows in the desired matrix are not enabled. */ | |
| 4420 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
| 4421 return -1; | |
| 4422 | |
| 4423 first_old = first_new = i; | |
| 4424 | |
| 4425 /* Set last_new to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
| 4426 desired matrix. */ | |
| 4427 i = first_new + 1; | |
| 4428 while (i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 | |
| 4429 && MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p | |
|
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4430 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)) <= yb) |
| 25012 | 4431 ++i; |
| 4432 | |
| 4433 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
| 4434 return 0; | |
| 4435 | |
| 4436 last_new = i; | |
| 4437 | |
| 4438 /* Set last_old to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
| 4439 current matrix. We don't look at the enabled flag here because | |
| 4440 we plan to reuse part of the display even if other parts are | |
| 4441 disabled. */ | |
| 4442 i = first_old + 1; | |
| 4443 while (i < current_matrix->nrows - 1 | |
|
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4444 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)) <= yb) |
| 25012 | 4445 ++i; |
| 4446 last_old = i; | |
| 4447 | |
| 4448 /* Skip over rows equal at the bottom. */ | |
| 4449 i = last_new; | |
| 4450 j = last_old; | |
| 4451 while (i - 1 > first_new | |
| 4452 && j - 1 > first_old | |
| 4453 && MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->enabled_p | |
| 4454 && (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->y | |
| 4455 == MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, j - 1)->y) | |
| 4456 && row_equal_p (w, | |
| 4457 MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i - 1), | |
|
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4458 MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j - 1), 1)) |
| 25012 | 4459 --i, --j; |
| 4460 last_new = i; | |
| 4461 last_old = j; | |
| 4462 | |
| 4463 /* Nothing to do if all rows are equal. */ | |
| 4464 if (last_new == first_new) | |
| 4465 return 0; | |
| 4466 | |
|
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4467 /* Reallocate vectors, tables etc. if necessary. */ |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4468 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4469 if (current_matrix->nrows > old_lines_size) |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4470 { |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4471 old_lines_size = current_matrix->nrows; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4472 nbytes = old_lines_size * sizeof *old_lines; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4473 old_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (old_lines, nbytes); |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4474 } |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4475 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4476 if (desired_matrix->nrows > new_lines_size) |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4477 { |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4478 new_lines_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4479 nbytes = new_lines_size * sizeof *new_lines; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4480 new_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (new_lines, nbytes); |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4481 } |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4482 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4483 n = desired_matrix->nrows + current_matrix->nrows; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4484 if (3 * n > row_table_size) |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4485 { |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4486 row_table_size = next_almost_prime (3 * n); |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4487 nbytes = row_table_size * sizeof *row_table; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4488 row_table = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (row_table, nbytes); |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4489 bzero (row_table, nbytes); |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4490 } |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4491 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4492 if (n > row_entry_pool_size) |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4493 { |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4494 row_entry_pool_size = n; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4495 nbytes = row_entry_pool_size * sizeof *row_entry_pool; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4496 row_entry_pool = (struct row_entry *) xrealloc (row_entry_pool, nbytes); |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4497 } |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4498 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4499 if (desired_matrix->nrows > runs_size) |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4500 { |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4501 runs_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4502 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *runs; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4503 runs = (struct run **) xrealloc (runs, nbytes); |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4504 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *run_pool; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4505 run_pool = (struct run *) xrealloc (run_pool, nbytes); |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4506 } |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4507 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4508 nruns = run_idx = 0; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4509 row_entry_idx = 0; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4510 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4511 /* Add rows from the current and desired matrix to the hash table |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4512 row_hash_table to be able to find equal ones quickly. */ |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4513 |
| 25012 | 4514 for (i = first_old; i < last_old; ++i) |
| 4515 { | |
| 4516 if (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
| 4517 { | |
|
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4518 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4519 old_lines[i] = entry; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4520 ++entry->old_uses; |
| 25012 | 4521 } |
| 4522 else | |
|
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4523 old_lines[i] = NULL; |
| 25012 | 4524 } |
| 4525 | |
| 4526 for (i = first_new; i < last_new; ++i) | |
| 4527 { | |
| 4528 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)); | |
|
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4529 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4530 ++entry->new_uses; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4531 entry->new_line_number = i; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4532 new_lines[i] = entry; |
| 25012 | 4533 } |
| 4534 | |
| 4535 /* Identify moves based on lines that are unique and equal | |
| 4536 in both matrices. */ | |
| 4537 for (i = first_old; i < last_old;) | |
|
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4538 if (old_lines[i] |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4539 && old_lines[i]->old_uses == 1 |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4540 && old_lines[i]->new_uses == 1) |
| 25012 | 4541 { |
| 4542 int j, k; | |
|
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4543 int new_line = old_lines[i]->new_line_number; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4544 struct run *run = run_pool + run_idx++; |
| 25012 | 4545 |
| 4546 /* Record move. */ | |
| 4547 run->current_vpos = i; | |
| 4548 run->current_y = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->y; | |
| 4549 run->desired_vpos = new_line; | |
| 4550 run->desired_y = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, new_line)->y; | |
| 4551 run->nrows = 1; | |
| 4552 run->height = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->height; | |
| 4553 | |
| 4554 /* Extend backward. */ | |
| 4555 j = i - 1; | |
| 4556 k = new_line - 1; | |
| 4557 while (j > first_old | |
| 4558 && k > first_new | |
|
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4559 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
| 25012 | 4560 { |
| 4561 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
| 4562 --run->current_vpos; | |
| 4563 --run->desired_vpos; | |
| 4564 ++run->nrows; | |
| 4565 run->height += h; | |
| 4566 run->desired_y -= h; | |
| 4567 run->current_y -= h; | |
| 4568 --j, --k; | |
| 4569 } | |
| 4570 | |
| 4571 /* Extend forward. */ | |
| 4572 j = i + 1; | |
| 4573 k = new_line + 1; | |
| 4574 while (j < last_old | |
| 4575 && k < last_new | |
|
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4576 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
| 25012 | 4577 { |
| 4578 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
| 4579 ++run->nrows; | |
| 4580 run->height += h; | |
| 4581 ++j, ++k; | |
| 4582 } | |
| 4583 | |
| 4584 /* Insert run into list of all runs. Order runs by copied | |
| 4585 pixel lines. Note that we record runs that don't have to | |
| 4586 be copied because they are already in place. This is done | |
| 4587 because we can avoid calling update_window_line in this | |
| 4588 case. */ | |
| 4589 for (j = 0; j < nruns && runs[j]->height > run->height; ++j) | |
| 4590 ; | |
| 4591 for (k = nruns; k >= j; --k) | |
| 4592 runs[k] = runs[k - 1]; | |
| 4593 runs[j] = run; | |
| 4594 ++nruns; | |
| 4595 | |
| 4596 i += run->nrows; | |
| 4597 } | |
| 4598 else | |
| 4599 ++i; | |
| 4600 | |
| 4601 /* Do the moves. Do it in a way that we don't overwrite something | |
| 4602 we want to copy later on. This is not solvable in general | |
| 4603 because there is only one display and we don't have a way to | |
| 4604 exchange areas on this display. Example: | |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
| 4607 | A | | B | | |
| 4608 +-----------+ --> +-----------+ | |
| 4609 | B | | A | | |
| 4610 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
| 4611 | |
| 4612 Instead, prefer bigger moves, and invalidate moves that would | |
| 4613 copy from where we copied to. */ | |
| 4614 | |
| 4615 for (i = 0; i < nruns; ++i) | |
| 4616 if (runs[i]->nrows > 0) | |
| 4617 { | |
| 4618 struct run *r = runs[i]; | |
| 4619 | |
| 4620 /* Copy on the display. */ | |
| 4621 if (r->current_y != r->desired_y) | |
| 4622 { | |
| 4623 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, r); | |
| 4624 | |
| 4625 /* Invalidate runs that copy from where we copied to. */ | |
| 4626 for (j = i + 1; j < nruns; ++j) | |
| 4627 { | |
| 4628 struct run *p = runs[j]; | |
| 4629 | |
| 4630 if ((p->current_y >= r->desired_y | |
| 4631 && p->current_y < r->desired_y + r->height) | |
| 4632 || (p->current_y + p->height >= r->desired_y | |
| 4633 && (p->current_y + p->height | |
| 4634 < r->desired_y + r->height))) | |
| 4635 p->nrows = 0; | |
| 4636 } | |
| 4637 } | |
| 4638 | |
| 4639 /* Assign matrix rows. */ | |
| 4640 for (j = 0; j < r->nrows; ++j) | |
| 4641 { | |
| 4642 struct glyph_row *from, *to; | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4643 int to_overlapped_p; |
|
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4644 |
| 25012 | 4645 to = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
|
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4646 from = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4647 to_overlapped_p = to->overlapped_p; |
| 25012 | 4648 assign_row (to, from); |
| 4649 to->enabled_p = 1, from->enabled_p = 0; | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4650 to->overlapped_p = to_overlapped_p; |
| 25012 | 4651 } |
| 4652 } | |
| 4653 | |
|
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4654 /* Clear the hash table, for the next time. */ |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4655 for (i = 0; i < row_entry_idx; ++i) |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4656 row_table[row_entry_pool[i].bucket] = NULL; |
|
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4657 |
| 25012 | 4658 /* Value is non-zero to indicate that we scrolled the display. */ |
| 4659 return 1; | |
| 4660 } | |
| 4661 | |
| 4662 | |
| 4663 | |
| 4664 /************************************************************************ | |
| 4665 Frame-Based Updates | |
| 4666 ************************************************************************/ | |
| 4667 | |
| 4668 /* Update the desired frame matrix of frame F. | |
| 4669 | |
| 4670 FORCE_P non-zero means that the update should not be stopped by | |
| 4671 pending input. INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P non-zero means that scrolling | |
| 4672 should not be tried. | |
| 4673 | |
| 4674 Value is non-zero if update was stopped due to pending input. */ | |
| 4675 | |
| 4676 static int | |
| 4677 update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_id_p) | |
| 4678 struct frame *f; | |
| 4679 int force_p; | |
| 4680 int inhibit_id_p; | |
| 4681 { | |
| 4682 /* Frame matrices to work on. */ | |
| 4683 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = f->current_matrix; | |
| 4684 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = f->desired_matrix; | |
| 4685 int i; | |
| 314 | 4686 int pause; |
| 4687 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
| 21514 | 4688 extern int input_pending; |
| 25012 | 4689 |
| 4690 xassert (current_matrix && desired_matrix); | |
| 314 | 4691 |
|
10122
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
4692 if (baud_rate != FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE (f)) |
|
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
4693 calculate_costs (f); |
|
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
4694 |
|
3357
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
4695 if (preempt_count <= 0) |
|
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
4696 preempt_count = 1; |
|
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
4697 |
| 314 | 4698 detect_input_pending (); |
| 25012 | 4699 if (input_pending && !force_p) |
| 314 | 4700 { |
| 4701 pause = 1; | |
| 4702 goto do_pause; | |
| 4703 } | |
| 4704 | |
| 764 | 4705 update_begin (f); |
| 314 | 4706 |
| 25012 | 4707 /* If we cannot insert/delete lines, it's no use trying it. */ |
| 314 | 4708 if (!line_ins_del_ok) |
| 25012 | 4709 inhibit_id_p = 1; |
|
7188
7da4ad9a2a8f
(update_frame): Move those assignments even farther down.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7179
diff
changeset
|
4710 |
| 493 | 4711 /* See if any of the desired lines are enabled; don't compute for |
| 25012 | 4712 i/d line if just want cursor motion. */ |
| 4713 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows; i++) | |
| 4714 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
| 314 | 4715 break; |
| 4716 | |
| 4717 /* Try doing i/d line, if not yet inhibited. */ | |
| 25012 | 4718 if (!inhibit_id_p && i < desired_matrix->nrows) |
| 4719 force_p |= scrolling (f); | |
| 314 | 4720 |
| 4721 /* Update the individual lines as needed. Do bottom line first. */ | |
| 25012 | 4722 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, desired_matrix->nrows - 1)) |
| 4723 update_frame_line (f, desired_matrix->nrows - 1); | |
| 4724 | |
| 4725 /* Now update the rest of the lines. */ | |
| 4726 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 && (force_p || !input_pending); i++) | |
| 314 | 4727 { |
| 25012 | 4728 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) |
| 314 | 4729 { |
|
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
4730 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
| 314 | 4731 { |
| 4732 /* Flush out every so many lines. | |
| 4733 Also flush out if likely to have more than 1k buffered | |
| 4734 otherwise. I'm told that some telnet connections get | |
| 4735 really screwed by more than 1k output at once. */ | |
| 4736 int outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (stdout); | |
| 4737 if (outq > 900 | |
| 4738 || (outq > 20 && ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0))) | |
| 4739 { | |
| 4740 fflush (stdout); | |
| 4741 if (preempt_count == 1) | |
| 4742 { | |
| 554 | 4743 #ifdef EMACS_OUTQSIZE |
| 4744 if (EMACS_OUTQSIZE (0, &outq) < 0) | |
| 314 | 4745 /* Probably not a tty. Ignore the error and reset |
| 25012 | 4746 * the outq count. */ |
| 314 | 4747 outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (stdout); |
| 4748 #endif | |
| 4749 outq *= 10; | |
|
7530
57c2345a9002
(update_frame): Fix test of outq and baud_rate some more.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7529
diff
changeset
|
4750 if (baud_rate <= outq && baud_rate > 0) |
|
3357
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
4751 sleep (outq / baud_rate); |
| 314 | 4752 } |
| 4753 } | |
| 4754 } | |
| 4755 | |
|
16822
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
4756 if ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0) |
|
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
4757 detect_input_pending (); |
|
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
4758 |
| 25012 | 4759 update_frame_line (f, i); |
| 314 | 4760 } |
| 4761 } | |
| 25012 | 4762 |
| 764 | 4763 pause = (i < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1) ? i : 0; |
| 314 | 4764 |
| 4765 /* Now just clean up termcap drivers and set cursor, etc. */ | |
| 4766 if (!pause) | |
| 4767 { | |
|
12409
6e374b28ecc3
(update_frame): Pretend cursor is in echo area
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12193
diff
changeset
|
4768 if ((cursor_in_echo_area |
| 25012 | 4769 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
|
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4770 show the cursor for the message instead of for the |
| 25012 | 4771 (now hidden) mini-buffer contents. */ |
|
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4772 || (EQ (minibuf_window, selected_window) |
|
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4773 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4774 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))) |
|
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4775 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
| 25012 | 4776 the active mini-buffer window. */ |
|
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4777 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) |
|
14459
c1d25453a95f
(update_frame): Compare FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW(f)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14286
diff
changeset
|
4778 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) |
| 708 | 4779 { |
|
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4780 int top = XINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))->top); |
|
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4781 int row, col; |
|
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4782 |
|
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4783 if (cursor_in_echo_area < 0) |
|
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4784 { |
| 25012 | 4785 /* Negative value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
| 4786 cursor at beginning of line. */ | |
|
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4787 row = top; |
|
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4788 col = 0; |
|
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4789 } |
| 708 | 4790 else |
|
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4791 { |
| 25012 | 4792 /* Positive value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
| 4793 cursor at the end of the prompt. If the mini-buffer | |
| 4794 is several lines high, find the last line that has | |
| 4795 any text on it. */ | |
|
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4796 row = FRAME_HEIGHT (f); |
|
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4797 do |
|
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4798 { |
| 25012 | 4799 --row; |
| 4800 col = 0; | |
| 4801 | |
| 4802 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, row)) | |
| 4803 { | |
| 4804 /* Frame rows are filled up with spaces that | |
| 4805 must be ignored here. */ | |
| 4806 struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, | |
| 4807 row); | |
| 4808 struct glyph *start = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 4809 struct glyph *last = start + r->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 4810 | |
| 4811 while (last > start | |
| 4812 && (last - 1)->charpos < 0) | |
| 4813 --last; | |
| 4814 | |
| 4815 col = last - start; | |
| 4816 } | |
|
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4817 } |
|
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4818 while (row > top && col == 0); |
|
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4819 |
|
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4820 /* Make sure COL is not out of range. */ |
|
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
4821 if (col >= FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f)) |
|
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4822 { |
|
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4823 /* If we have another row, advance cursor into it. */ |
|
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4824 if (row < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1) |
|
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4825 { |
|
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4826 col = FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f); |
|
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4827 row++; |
|
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4828 } |
|
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4829 /* Otherwise move it back in range. */ |
|
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4830 else |
|
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
4831 col = FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f) - 1; |
|
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4832 } |
|
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4833 } |
|
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4834 |
|
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4835 cursor_to (row, col); |
| 708 | 4836 } |
| 314 | 4837 else |
| 25012 | 4838 { |
| 4839 /* We have only one cursor on terminal frames. Use it to | |
| 4840 display the cursor of the selected window. */ | |
| 4841 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
|
29687
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4842 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0 |
|
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4843 /* The cursor vpos may be temporarily out of bounds |
|
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4844 in the following situation: There is one window, |
|
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4845 with the cursor in the lower half of it. The window |
|
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4846 is split, and a message causes a redisplay before |
|
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4847 a new cursor position has been computed. */ |
|
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4848 && w->cursor.vpos < XFASTINT (w->height)) |
| 25012 | 4849 { |
| 4850 int x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos); | |
| 4851 int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
| 4852 | |
| 4853 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width)) | |
| 4854 x += XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width); | |
| 4855 | |
| 4856 /* x = max (min (x, FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) - 1), 0); */ | |
| 4857 cursor_to (y, x); | |
| 4858 } | |
| 4859 } | |
| 314 | 4860 } |
| 4861 | |
| 764 | 4862 update_end (f); |
| 314 | 4863 |
| 4864 if (termscript) | |
| 4865 fflush (termscript); | |
| 4866 fflush (stdout); | |
| 4867 | |
| 4868 do_pause: | |
| 4869 | |
| 4870 display_completed = !pause; | |
| 25012 | 4871 clear_desired_matrices (f); |
| 314 | 4872 return pause; |
| 4873 } | |
| 4874 | |
| 25012 | 4875 |
| 4876 /* Do line insertions/deletions on frame F for frame-based redisplay. */ | |
| 314 | 4877 |
| 21514 | 4878 int |
| 764 | 4879 scrolling (frame) |
| 25012 | 4880 struct frame *frame; |
| 314 | 4881 { |
| 4882 int unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom; | |
| 4883 int window_size; | |
| 4884 int changed_lines; | |
| 764 | 4885 int *old_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
| 4886 int *new_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); | |
| 4887 int *draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); | |
|
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
4888 int *old_draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
| 314 | 4889 register int i; |
| 764 | 4890 int free_at_end_vpos = FRAME_HEIGHT (frame); |
| 25012 | 4891 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = frame->current_matrix; |
| 4892 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = frame->desired_matrix; | |
| 4893 | |
| 4894 if (!current_matrix) | |
| 4895 abort (); | |
| 4896 | |
| 4897 /* Compute hash codes of all the lines. Also calculate number of | |
| 4898 changed lines, number of unchanged lines at the beginning, and | |
| 4899 number of unchanged lines at the end. */ | |
| 314 | 4900 changed_lines = 0; |
| 4901 unchanged_at_top = 0; | |
| 764 | 4902 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_HEIGHT (frame); |
| 4903 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_HEIGHT (frame); i++) | |
| 314 | 4904 { |
| 4905 /* Give up on this scrolling if some old lines are not enabled. */ | |
| 25012 | 4906 if (!MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, i)) |
| 314 | 4907 return 0; |
| 25012 | 4908 old_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
| 4909 if (! MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
|
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4910 { |
|
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4911 /* This line cannot be redrawn, so don't let scrolling mess it. */ |
|
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4912 new_hash[i] = old_hash[i]; |
|
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4913 #define INFINITY 1000000 /* Taken from scroll.c */ |
|
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4914 draw_cost[i] = INFINITY; |
|
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4915 } |
| 314 | 4916 else |
|
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4917 { |
| 25012 | 4918 new_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
| 4919 draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (desired_matrix, i); | |
|
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4920 } |
| 314 | 4921 |
| 4922 if (old_hash[i] != new_hash[i]) | |
| 4923 { | |
| 4924 changed_lines++; | |
| 764 | 4925 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) - i - 1; |
| 314 | 4926 } |
| 4927 else if (i == unchanged_at_top) | |
| 4928 unchanged_at_top++; | |
| 25012 | 4929 old_draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (current_matrix, i); |
| 314 | 4930 } |
| 4931 | |
| 4932 /* If changed lines are few, don't allow preemption, don't scroll. */ | |
| 25012 | 4933 if ((!scroll_region_ok && changed_lines < baud_rate / 2400) |
| 764 | 4934 || unchanged_at_bottom == FRAME_HEIGHT (frame)) |
| 314 | 4935 return 1; |
| 4936 | |
| 764 | 4937 window_size = (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) - unchanged_at_top |
| 314 | 4938 - unchanged_at_bottom); |
| 4939 | |
| 4940 if (scroll_region_ok) | |
| 4941 free_at_end_vpos -= unchanged_at_bottom; | |
| 764 | 4942 else if (memory_below_frame) |
| 314 | 4943 free_at_end_vpos = -1; |
| 4944 | |
| 4945 /* If large window, fast terminal and few lines in common between | |
| 25012 | 4946 current frame and desired frame, don't bother with i/d calc. */ |
|
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
4947 if (!scroll_region_ok && window_size >= 18 && baud_rate > 2400 |
| 314 | 4948 && (window_size >= |
| 4949 10 * scrolling_max_lines_saved (unchanged_at_top, | |
| 764 | 4950 FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) - unchanged_at_bottom, |
| 314 | 4951 old_hash, new_hash, draw_cost))) |
| 4952 return 0; | |
| 4953 | |
| 25012 | 4954 if (window_size < 2) |
| 4955 return 0; | |
| 4956 | |
| 764 | 4957 scrolling_1 (frame, window_size, unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom, |
| 314 | 4958 draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
|
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
4959 old_draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
| 314 | 4960 old_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
| 4961 new_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, | |
| 4962 free_at_end_vpos - unchanged_at_top); | |
| 4963 | |
| 4964 return 0; | |
| 4965 } | |
| 25012 | 4966 |
| 4967 | |
| 4968 /* Count the number of blanks at the start of the vector of glyphs R | |
| 4969 which is LEN glyphs long. */ | |
| 4970 | |
| 4971 static int | |
| 4972 count_blanks (r, len) | |
| 4973 struct glyph *r; | |
| 4974 int len; | |
| 314 | 4975 { |
| 25012 | 4976 int i; |
| 4977 | |
| 4978 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
| 4979 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (r[i])) | |
| 4980 break; | |
| 4981 | |
| 4982 return i; | |
| 314 | 4983 } |
| 25012 | 4984 |
| 4985 | |
| 4986 /* Count the number of glyphs in common at the start of the glyph | |
| 4987 vectors STR1 and STR2. END1 is the end of STR1 and END2 is the end | |
| 4988 of STR2. Value is the number of equal glyphs equal at the start. */ | |
| 314 | 4989 |
| 4990 static int | |
| 25012 | 4991 count_match (str1, end1, str2, end2) |
| 4992 struct glyph *str1, *end1, *str2, *end2; | |
| 314 | 4993 { |
| 25012 | 4994 struct glyph *p1 = str1; |
| 4995 struct glyph *p2 = str2; | |
| 4996 | |
| 4997 while (p1 < end1 | |
| 4998 && p2 < end2 | |
|
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
4999 && GLYPH_CHAR_AND_FACE_EQUAL_P (p1, p2)) |
| 25012 | 5000 ++p1, ++p2; |
| 5001 | |
| 5002 return p1 - str1; | |
| 314 | 5003 } |
| 5004 | |
| 25012 | 5005 |
| 314 | 5006 /* Char insertion/deletion cost vector, from term.c */ |
| 25012 | 5007 |
| 314 | 5008 extern int *char_ins_del_vector; |
|
16267
05ca2cb9fe0f
(make_frame_glyphs, update_line, update_frame)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16256
diff
changeset
|
5009 #define char_ins_del_cost(f) (&char_ins_del_vector[FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH((f))]) |
| 314 | 5010 |
| 25012 | 5011 |
| 5012 /* Perform a frame-based update on line VPOS in frame FRAME. */ | |
| 5013 | |
| 314 | 5014 static void |
| 25012 | 5015 update_frame_line (frame, vpos) |
| 5016 register struct frame *frame; | |
| 314 | 5017 int vpos; |
| 5018 { | |
| 25012 | 5019 struct glyph *obody, *nbody, *op1, *op2, *np1, *nend; |
| 314 | 5020 int tem; |
| 5021 int osp, nsp, begmatch, endmatch, olen, nlen; | |
| 25012 | 5022 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = frame->current_matrix; |
| 5023 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = frame->desired_matrix; | |
| 5024 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, vpos); | |
| 5025 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, vpos); | |
| 5026 int must_write_whole_line_p; | |
| 5027 | |
| 5028 if (desired_row->inverse_p | |
| 5029 != (current_row->enabled_p && current_row->inverse_p)) | |
| 314 | 5030 { |
| 25012 | 5031 int n = current_row->enabled_p ? current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] : 0; |
| 5032 change_line_highlight (desired_row->inverse_p, vpos, vpos, n); | |
| 5033 current_row->enabled_p = 0; | |
| 314 | 5034 } |
| 5035 else | |
| 25012 | 5036 reassert_line_highlight (desired_row->inverse_p, vpos); |
| 5037 | |
|
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5038 /* Current row not enabled means it has unknown contents. We must |
|
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5039 write the whole desired line in that case. */ |
| 25012 | 5040 must_write_whole_line_p = !current_row->enabled_p; |
| 5041 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
| 314 | 5042 { |
| 25012 | 5043 obody = 0; |
| 314 | 5044 olen = 0; |
| 5045 } | |
| 5046 else | |
| 5047 { | |
| 25012 | 5048 obody = MATRIX_ROW_GLYPH_START (current_matrix, vpos); |
| 5049 olen = current_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 5050 | |
| 5051 if (! current_row->inverse_p) | |
| 314 | 5052 { |
|
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5053 /* Ignore trailing spaces, if we can. */ |
| 314 | 5054 if (!must_write_spaces) |
| 25012 | 5055 while (olen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (obody[olen-1])) |
| 314 | 5056 olen--; |
| 5057 } | |
| 5058 else | |
| 5059 { | |
|
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5060 /* For an inverse-video line, make sure it's filled with |
|
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5061 spaces all the way to the frame edge so that the reverse |
|
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5062 video extends all the way across. */ |
| 25012 | 5063 while (olen < FRAME_WIDTH (frame) - 1) |
| 5064 obody[olen++] = space_glyph; | |
| 314 | 5065 } |
| 5066 } | |
| 5067 | |
| 25012 | 5068 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
| 5069 current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 5070 current_row->inverse_p = desired_row->inverse_p; | |
| 5071 | |
| 5072 /* If desired line is empty, just clear the line. */ | |
| 5073 if (!desired_row->enabled_p) | |
| 314 | 5074 { |
| 5075 nlen = 0; | |
| 5076 goto just_erase; | |
| 5077 } | |
| 5078 | |
| 25012 | 5079 nbody = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
| 5080 nlen = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 5081 nend = nbody + nlen; | |
| 5082 | |
| 5083 /* If display line has unknown contents, write the whole line. */ | |
| 5084 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
| 5085 { | |
|
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5086 /* Ignore spaces at the end, if we can. */ |
|
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5087 if (!must_write_spaces) |
|
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5088 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
|
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5089 --nlen; |
|
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5090 |
|
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5091 /* Write the contents of the desired line. */ |
|
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5092 if (nlen) |
|
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5093 { |
|
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5094 cursor_to (vpos, 0); |
|
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5095 write_glyphs (nbody, nlen); |
|
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5096 } |
|
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5097 |
|
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5098 /* Don't call clear_end_of_line if we already wrote the whole |
|
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5099 line. The cursor will not be at the right margin in that |
|
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5100 case but in the line below. */ |
|
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5101 if (nlen < FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (frame)) |
|
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5102 { |
|
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5103 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); |
|
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5104 clear_end_of_line (FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (frame)); |
|
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5105 } |
|
28682
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5106 else |
|
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5107 /* Make sure we are in the right row, otherwise cursor movement |
|
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5108 with cmgoto might use `ch' in the wrong row. */ |
|
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5109 cursor_to (vpos, 0); |
|
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5110 |
| 25012 | 5111 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
| 5112 return; | |
| 5113 } | |
| 314 | 5114 |
| 5115 /* Pretend trailing spaces are not there at all, | |
| 5116 unless for one reason or another we must write all spaces. */ | |
| 25012 | 5117 if (!desired_row->inverse_p) |
| 314 | 5118 { |
| 5119 if (!must_write_spaces) | |
| 25012 | 5120 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
| 314 | 5121 nlen--; |
| 5122 } | |
| 5123 else | |
| 5124 { | |
| 25012 | 5125 /* For an inverse-video line, give it extra trailing spaces all |
| 5126 the way to the frame edge so that the reverse video extends | |
| 5127 all the way across. */ | |
| 5128 while (nlen < FRAME_WIDTH (frame) - 1) | |
| 5129 nbody[nlen++] = space_glyph; | |
| 314 | 5130 } |
| 5131 | |
| 5132 /* If there's no i/d char, quickly do the best we can without it. */ | |
| 5133 if (!char_ins_del_ok) | |
| 5134 { | |
| 25012 | 5135 int i, j; |
| 5136 | |
| 5137 /* Find the first glyph in desired row that doesn't agree with | |
| 5138 a glyph in the current row, and write the rest from there on. */ | |
| 314 | 5139 for (i = 0; i < nlen; i++) |
| 5140 { | |
| 25012 | 5141 if (i >= olen || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + i, obody + i)) |
| 314 | 5142 { |
| 25012 | 5143 /* Find the end of the run of different glyphs. */ |
| 5144 j = i + 1; | |
| 5145 while (j < nlen | |
| 5146 && (j >= olen | |
| 5147 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + j, obody + j) | |
| 5148 || CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[j]))) | |
| 5149 ++j; | |
| 5150 | |
| 5151 /* Output this run of non-matching chars. */ | |
| 314 | 5152 cursor_to (vpos, i); |
| 25012 | 5153 write_glyphs (nbody + i, j - i); |
| 5154 i = j - 1; | |
| 314 | 5155 |
| 5156 /* Now find the next non-match. */ | |
| 5157 } | |
| 5158 } | |
| 5159 | |
| 5160 /* Clear the rest of the line, or the non-clear part of it. */ | |
| 5161 if (olen > nlen) | |
| 5162 { | |
| 5163 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); | |
| 5164 clear_end_of_line (olen); | |
| 5165 } | |
| 5166 | |
| 25012 | 5167 /* Make current row = desired row. */ |
| 5168 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); | |
| 314 | 5169 return; |
| 5170 } | |
| 5171 | |
| 25012 | 5172 /* Here when CHAR_INS_DEL_OK != 0, i.e. we can insert or delete |
| 5173 characters in a row. */ | |
| 5174 | |
| 314 | 5175 if (!olen) |
| 5176 { | |
| 25012 | 5177 /* If current line is blank, skip over initial spaces, if |
| 5178 possible, and write the rest. */ | |
| 5179 if (must_write_spaces || desired_row->inverse_p) | |
| 5180 nsp = 0; | |
| 5181 else | |
| 5182 nsp = count_blanks (nbody, nlen); | |
| 5183 | |
| 314 | 5184 if (nlen > nsp) |
| 5185 { | |
| 5186 cursor_to (vpos, nsp); | |
| 5187 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp, nlen - nsp); | |
| 5188 } | |
| 5189 | |
| 764 | 5190 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
| 25012 | 5191 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
| 314 | 5192 return; |
| 5193 } | |
| 5194 | |
| 5195 /* Compute number of leading blanks in old and new contents. */ | |
| 25012 | 5196 osp = count_blanks (obody, olen); |
| 5197 nsp = desired_row->inverse_p ? 0 : count_blanks (nbody, nlen); | |
| 5198 | |
| 5199 /* Compute number of matching chars starting with first non-blank. */ | |
| 5200 begmatch = count_match (obody + osp, obody + olen, | |
| 5201 nbody + nsp, nbody + nlen); | |
| 314 | 5202 |
| 5203 /* Spaces in new match implicit space past the end of old. */ | |
| 5204 /* A bug causing this to be a no-op was fixed in 18.29. */ | |
| 5205 if (!must_write_spaces && osp + begmatch == olen) | |
| 5206 { | |
| 5207 np1 = nbody + nsp; | |
| 25012 | 5208 while (np1 + begmatch < nend && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (np1[begmatch])) |
| 5209 ++begmatch; | |
| 314 | 5210 } |
| 5211 | |
| 5212 /* Avoid doing insert/delete char | |
| 5213 just cause number of leading spaces differs | |
| 25012 | 5214 when the following text does not match. */ |
| 314 | 5215 if (begmatch == 0 && osp != nsp) |
| 5216 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
| 5217 | |
| 5218 /* Find matching characters at end of line */ | |
| 5219 op1 = obody + olen; | |
| 5220 np1 = nbody + nlen; | |
| 5221 op2 = op1 + begmatch - min (olen - osp, nlen - nsp); | |
| 25012 | 5222 while (op1 > op2 |
| 5223 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (op1 - 1, np1 - 1)) | |
| 314 | 5224 { |
| 5225 op1--; | |
| 5226 np1--; | |
| 5227 } | |
| 5228 endmatch = obody + olen - op1; | |
| 5229 | |
| 5230 /* tem gets the distance to insert or delete. | |
| 5231 endmatch is how many characters we save by doing so. | |
| 5232 Is it worth it? */ | |
| 5233 | |
| 5234 tem = (nlen - nsp) - (olen - osp); | |
| 5235 if (endmatch && tem | |
| 764 | 5236 && (!char_ins_del_ok || endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (frame)[tem])) |
| 314 | 5237 endmatch = 0; |
| 5238 | |
| 5239 /* nsp - osp is the distance to insert or delete. | |
| 5240 If that is nonzero, begmatch is known to be nonzero also. | |
| 5241 begmatch + endmatch is how much we save by doing the ins/del. | |
| 5242 Is it worth it? */ | |
| 5243 | |
| 5244 if (nsp != osp | |
| 5245 && (!char_ins_del_ok | |
| 764 | 5246 || begmatch + endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (frame)[nsp - osp])) |
| 314 | 5247 { |
| 5248 begmatch = 0; | |
| 5249 endmatch = 0; | |
| 5250 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
| 5251 } | |
| 5252 | |
| 5253 /* Now go through the line, inserting, writing and | |
| 5254 deleting as appropriate. */ | |
| 5255 | |
| 5256 if (osp > nsp) | |
| 5257 { | |
| 5258 cursor_to (vpos, nsp); | |
| 5259 delete_glyphs (osp - nsp); | |
| 5260 } | |
| 5261 else if (nsp > osp) | |
| 5262 { | |
| 5263 /* If going to delete chars later in line | |
| 5264 and insert earlier in the line, | |
| 5265 must delete first to avoid losing data in the insert */ | |
| 5266 if (endmatch && nlen < olen + nsp - osp) | |
| 5267 { | |
| 5268 cursor_to (vpos, nlen - endmatch + osp - nsp); | |
| 5269 delete_glyphs (olen + nsp - osp - nlen); | |
| 5270 olen = nlen - (nsp - osp); | |
| 5271 } | |
| 5272 cursor_to (vpos, osp); | |
| 25012 | 5273 insert_glyphs (0, nsp - osp); |
| 314 | 5274 } |
| 5275 olen += nsp - osp; | |
| 5276 | |
| 5277 tem = nsp + begmatch + endmatch; | |
| 5278 if (nlen != tem || olen != tem) | |
| 5279 { | |
| 5280 cursor_to (vpos, nsp + begmatch); | |
| 5281 if (!endmatch || nlen == olen) | |
| 5282 { | |
| 5283 /* If new text being written reaches right margin, | |
| 5284 there is no need to do clear-to-eol at the end. | |
| 5285 (and it would not be safe, since cursor is not | |
| 5286 going to be "at the margin" after the text is done) */ | |
|
16267
05ca2cb9fe0f
(make_frame_glyphs, update_line, update_frame)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16256
diff
changeset
|
5287 if (nlen == FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (frame)) |
| 314 | 5288 olen = 0; |
| 5289 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); | |
| 5290 } | |
| 5291 else if (nlen > olen) | |
| 5292 { | |
|
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5293 /* Here, we used to have the following simple code: |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5294 ---------------------------------------- |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5295 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, olen - tem); |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5296 insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + olen - tem, nlen - olen); |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5297 ---------------------------------------- |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5298 but it doesn't work if nbody[nsp + begmatch + olen - tem] |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5299 is a padding glyph. */ |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5300 int out = olen - tem; /* Columns to be overwritten originally. */ |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5301 int del; |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5302 |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5303 /* Calculate columns we can actually overwrite. */ |
| 25012 | 5304 while (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[nsp + begmatch + out])) out--; |
|
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5305 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, out); |
| 25012 | 5306 /* If we left columns to be overwritten, we must delete them. */ |
|
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5307 del = olen - tem - out; |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5308 if (del > 0) delete_glyphs (del); |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5309 /* At last, we insert columns not yet written out. */ |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5310 insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + out, nlen - olen + del); |
| 314 | 5311 olen = nlen; |
| 5312 } | |
| 5313 else if (olen > nlen) | |
| 5314 { | |
| 5315 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); | |
| 5316 delete_glyphs (olen - nlen); | |
| 5317 olen = nlen; | |
| 5318 } | |
| 5319 } | |
| 5320 | |
| 5321 just_erase: | |
| 5322 /* If any unerased characters remain after the new line, erase them. */ | |
| 5323 if (olen > nlen) | |
| 5324 { | |
| 5325 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); | |
| 5326 clear_end_of_line (olen); | |
| 5327 } | |
| 5328 | |
| 764 | 5329 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
| 25012 | 5330 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
| 314 | 5331 } |
| 25012 | 5332 |
| 5333 | |
| 314 | 5334 |
| 25012 | 5335 /*********************************************************************** |
| 5336 X/Y Position -> Buffer Position | |
| 5337 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 5338 | |
| 5339 /* Return the character position of the character at window relative | |
| 5340 pixel position (*X, *Y). *X and *Y are adjusted to character | |
| 5341 boundaries. */ | |
| 5342 | |
| 5343 int | |
| 5344 buffer_posn_from_coords (w, x, y) | |
| 5345 struct window *w; | |
| 5346 int *x, *y; | |
|
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5347 { |
| 25012 | 5348 struct it it; |
| 5349 struct buffer *old_current_buffer = current_buffer; | |
| 5350 struct text_pos startp; | |
| 5351 int left_area_width; | |
| 5352 | |
| 5353 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
| 5354 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start); | |
| 5355 CHARPOS (startp) = min (ZV, max (BEGV, CHARPOS (startp))); | |
| 5356 BYTEPOS (startp) = min (ZV_BYTE, max (BEGV_BYTE, BYTEPOS (startp))); | |
| 5357 start_display (&it, w, startp); | |
| 5358 | |
| 5359 left_area_width = WINDOW_DISPLAY_LEFT_AREA_PIXEL_WIDTH (w); | |
| 5360 move_it_to (&it, -1, *x + it.first_visible_x - left_area_width, *y, -1, | |
| 5361 MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y); | |
| 5362 | |
| 5363 *x = it.current_x - it.first_visible_x + left_area_width; | |
| 5364 *y = it.current_y; | |
| 5365 current_buffer = old_current_buffer; | |
| 5366 return IT_CHARPOS (it); | |
| 5367 } | |
| 5368 | |
| 5369 | |
| 5370 /* Value is the string under window-relative coordinates X/Y in the | |
| 5371 mode or top line of window W, or nil if none. MODE_LINE_P non-zero | |
| 5372 means look at the mode line. *CHARPOS is set to the position in | |
| 5373 the string returned. */ | |
| 5374 | |
| 5375 Lisp_Object | |
| 5376 mode_line_string (w, x, y, mode_line_p, charpos) | |
| 5377 struct window *w; | |
| 5378 int x, y; | |
| 5379 int *charpos; | |
| 5380 { | |
| 5381 struct glyph_row *row; | |
| 5382 struct glyph *glyph, *end; | |
| 5383 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
| 5384 int x0; | |
| 5385 Lisp_Object string = Qnil; | |
| 5386 | |
| 5387 if (mode_line_p) | |
| 5388 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); | |
| 5389 else | |
| 25546 | 5390 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
| 25012 | 5391 |
| 5392 if (row->mode_line_p && row->enabled_p) | |
|
11919
31cb053405f2
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Record frame names
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11914
diff
changeset
|
5393 { |
| 25012 | 5394 /* The mode lines are displayed over scroll bars and bitmap |
| 5395 areas, and X is window-relative. Correct X by the scroll bar | |
| 5396 and bitmap area width. */ | |
| 5397 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (f)) | |
| 5398 x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); | |
|
25459
293b78b9ff60
(mode_line_string): Add FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25385
diff
changeset
|
5399 x += FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); |
| 25012 | 5400 |
| 5401 /* Find the glyph under X. If we find one with a string object, | |
| 5402 it's the one we were looking for. */ | |
| 5403 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 5404 end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 5405 for (x0 = 0; glyph < end; x0 += glyph->pixel_width, ++glyph) | |
| 5406 if (x >= x0 && x < x0 + glyph->pixel_width) | |
| 5407 { | |
| 5408 string = glyph->object; | |
| 5409 *charpos = glyph->charpos; | |
| 5410 break; | |
| 5411 } | |
|
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5412 } |
| 25012 | 5413 |
| 5414 return string; | |
|
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5415 } |
| 25012 | 5416 |
| 5417 | |
| 5418 /*********************************************************************** | |
| 5419 Changing Frame Sizes | |
| 5420 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 314 | 5421 |
| 5422 #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
| 25012 | 5423 |
| 493 | 5424 SIGTYPE |
|
10745
a553a08f5785
(window_change_signal): Add ignored argument.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10259
diff
changeset
|
5425 window_change_signal (signalnum) /* If we don't have an argument, */ |
| 25012 | 5426 int signalnum; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */ |
| 314 | 5427 { |
| 5428 int width, height; | |
| 5429 extern int errno; | |
| 5430 int old_errno = errno; | |
| 5431 | |
| 764 | 5432 get_frame_size (&width, &height); |
| 314 | 5433 |
| 764 | 5434 /* The frame size change obviously applies to a termcap-controlled |
| 5435 frame. Find such a frame in the list, and assume it's the only | |
| 314 | 5436 one (since the redisplay code always writes to stdout, not a |
| 764 | 5437 FILE * specified in the frame structure). Record the new size, |
| 314 | 5438 but don't reallocate the data structures now. Let that be done |
| 5439 later outside of the signal handler. */ | |
| 5440 | |
| 5441 { | |
|
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5442 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
| 314 | 5443 |
|
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5444 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
| 314 | 5445 { |
|
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5446 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (frame))) |
| 314 | 5447 { |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5448 change_frame_size (XFRAME (frame), height, width, 0, 1, 0); |
| 314 | 5449 break; |
| 5450 } | |
| 5451 } | |
| 5452 } | |
| 5453 | |
| 5454 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); | |
| 5455 errno = old_errno; | |
| 5456 } | |
| 5457 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
| 5458 | |
| 5459 | |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5460 /* Do any change in frame size that was requested by a signal. SAFE |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5461 non-zero means this function is called from a place where it is |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5462 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
| 314 | 5463 |
| 21514 | 5464 void |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5465 do_pending_window_change (safe) |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5466 int safe; |
| 314 | 5467 { |
| 5468 /* If window_change_signal should have run before, run it now. */ | |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5469 if (redisplaying_p && !safe) |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5470 return; |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5471 |
| 314 | 5472 while (delayed_size_change) |
| 5473 { | |
|
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5474 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
| 314 | 5475 |
| 5476 delayed_size_change = 0; | |
| 5477 | |
|
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5478 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
| 314 | 5479 { |
| 25012 | 5480 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame); |
|
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5481 |
| 764 | 5482 int height = FRAME_NEW_HEIGHT (f); |
| 5483 int width = FRAME_NEW_WIDTH (f); | |
| 314 | 5484 |
|
3449
ad455da9b789
(do_pending_window_change): No need to clear
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3357
diff
changeset
|
5485 if (height != 0 || width != 0) |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5486 change_frame_size (f, height, width, 0, 0, safe); |
| 314 | 5487 } |
| 5488 } | |
| 5489 } | |
| 5490 | |
| 5491 | |
| 764 | 5492 /* Change the frame height and/or width. Values may be given as zero to |
|
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5493 indicate no change is to take place. |
| 314 | 5494 |
|
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5495 If DELAY is non-zero, then assume we're being called from a signal |
|
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5496 handler, and queue the change for later - perhaps the next |
|
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5497 redisplay. Since this tries to resize windows, we can't call it |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5498 from a signal handler. |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5499 |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5500 SAFE non-zero means this function is called from a place where it's |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5501 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
|
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5502 |
| 21514 | 5503 void |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5504 change_frame_size (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe) |
| 25012 | 5505 register struct frame *f; |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5506 int newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe; |
|
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5507 { |
|
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5508 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
|
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5509 |
|
15395
b584c2db055f
(change_frame_size, remake_frame_glyphs): Use FRAME_WINDOW_P.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15394
diff
changeset
|
5510 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
|
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5511 { |
|
15394
8d01f71c4797
(Fredraw_frame, remake_frame_glyphs)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15282
diff
changeset
|
5512 /* When using termcap, or on MS-DOS, all frames use |
|
8d01f71c4797
(Fredraw_frame, remake_frame_glyphs)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15282
diff
changeset
|
5513 the same screen, so a change in size affects all frames. */ |
|
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5514 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
|
15395
b584c2db055f
(change_frame_size, remake_frame_glyphs): Use FRAME_WINDOW_P.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15394
diff
changeset
|
5515 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (frame))) |
|
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5516 change_frame_size_1 (XFRAME (frame), newheight, newwidth, |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5517 pretend, delay, safe); |
|
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5518 } |
|
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5519 else |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5520 change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe); |
|
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5521 } |
|
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5522 |
|
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5523 static void |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5524 change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe) |
| 25012 | 5525 register struct frame *f; |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5526 int newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe; |
| 314 | 5527 { |
|
16256
1ce0cb94fa68
(preserve_other_columns, preserve_my_columns): Use new
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16195
diff
changeset
|
5528 int new_frame_window_width; |
|
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5529 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl; |
|
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5530 |
| 314 | 5531 /* If we can't deal with the change now, queue it for later. */ |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5532 if (delay || (redisplaying_p && !safe)) |
| 314 | 5533 { |
| 25012 | 5534 FRAME_NEW_HEIGHT (f) = newheight; |
| 5535 FRAME_NEW_WIDTH (f) = newwidth; | |
| 314 | 5536 delayed_size_change = 1; |
| 5537 return; | |
| 5538 } | |
| 5539 | |
| 764 | 5540 /* This size-change overrides any pending one for this frame. */ |
| 25012 | 5541 FRAME_NEW_HEIGHT (f) = 0; |
| 5542 FRAME_NEW_WIDTH (f) = 0; | |
|
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5543 |
|
3449
ad455da9b789
(do_pending_window_change): No need to clear
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3357
diff
changeset
|
5544 /* If an argument is zero, set it to the current value. */ |
|
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
5545 if (newheight == 0) |
| 25012 | 5546 newheight = FRAME_HEIGHT (f); |
|
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
5547 if (newwidth == 0) |
| 25012 | 5548 newwidth = FRAME_WIDTH (f); |
| 5549 | |
| 5550 /* Compute width of windows in F. | |
| 5551 This is the width of the frame without vertical scroll bars. */ | |
| 5552 new_frame_window_width = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH_ARG (f, newwidth); | |
|
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5553 |
|
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5554 /* Round up to the smallest acceptable size. */ |
| 25012 | 5555 check_frame_size (f, &newheight, &newwidth); |
|
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5556 |
|
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5557 /* If we're not changing the frame size, quit now. */ |
| 25012 | 5558 if (newheight == FRAME_HEIGHT (f) |
| 5559 && new_frame_window_width == FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)) | |
| 314 | 5560 return; |
| 5561 | |
| 15078 | 5562 BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5563 | |
|
14286
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5564 #ifdef MSDOS |
|
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5565 /* We only can set screen dimensions to certain values supported |
|
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5566 by our video hardware. Try to find the smallest size greater |
|
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5567 or equal to the requested dimensions. */ |
|
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5568 dos_set_window_size (&newheight, &newwidth); |
|
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5569 #endif |
|
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5570 |
| 25012 | 5571 if (newheight != FRAME_HEIGHT (f)) |
| 314 | 5572 { |
| 25012 | 5573 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)) |
| 314 | 5574 { |
| 25012 | 5575 /* Frame has both root and mini-buffer. */ |
| 5576 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->top, | |
| 5577 FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)); | |
| 5578 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
| 5579 (newheight | |
| 5580 - 1 | |
| 5581 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)), | |
| 5582 0); | |
| 5583 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))->top, | |
|
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
5584 newheight - 1); |
| 25012 | 5585 set_window_height (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), 1, 0); |
| 314 | 5586 } |
| 5587 else | |
| 764 | 5588 /* Frame has just one top-level window. */ |
| 25012 | 5589 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), |
| 5590 newheight - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f), 0); | |
| 5591 | |
| 5592 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) | |
|
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5593 FrameRows = newheight; |
| 314 | 5594 } |
| 5595 | |
| 25012 | 5596 if (new_frame_window_width != FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)) |
| 314 | 5597 { |
| 25012 | 5598 set_window_width (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), new_frame_window_width, 0); |
| 5599 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f)) | |
| 5600 set_window_width (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), new_frame_window_width, 0); | |
| 5601 | |
| 5602 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) | |
| 764 | 5603 FrameCols = newwidth; |
| 25012 | 5604 |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
5605 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
|
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
5606 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->width, newwidth); |
| 314 | 5607 } |
| 5608 | |
| 25012 | 5609 FRAME_HEIGHT (f) = newheight; |
| 5610 SET_FRAME_WIDTH (f, newwidth); | |
| 5611 | |
| 5612 { | |
| 5613 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
| 5614 int text_area_x, text_area_y, text_area_width, text_area_height; | |
| 5615 | |
| 5616 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y, &text_area_width, | |
| 5617 &text_area_height); | |
| 5618 if (w->cursor.x >= text_area_x + text_area_width) | |
| 5619 w->cursor.hpos = w->cursor.x = 0; | |
| 5620 if (w->cursor.y >= text_area_y + text_area_height) | |
| 5621 w->cursor.vpos = w->cursor.y = 0; | |
| 5622 } | |
| 5623 | |
| 5624 adjust_glyphs (f); | |
| 5625 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
| 5626 calculate_costs (f); | |
| 15065 | 5627 |
| 5628 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
|
17282
5023bea28298
(change_frame_size_1): Call Fset_window_buffer,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17015
diff
changeset
|
5629 |
|
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5630 record_unwind_protect (Fset_buffer, Fcurrent_buffer ()); |
|
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5631 |
|
17282
5023bea28298
(change_frame_size_1): Call Fset_window_buffer,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17015
diff
changeset
|
5632 /* This isn't quite a no-op: it runs window-configuration-change-hook. */ |
| 25012 | 5633 Fset_window_buffer (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), |
| 5634 XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f))->buffer); | |
|
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5635 |
|
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5636 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
| 314 | 5637 } |
| 25012 | 5638 |
| 5639 | |
| 314 | 5640 |
| 25012 | 5641 /*********************************************************************** |
| 5642 Terminal Related Lisp Functions | |
| 5643 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 5644 | |
| 5645 DEFUN ("open-termscript", Fopen_termscript, Sopen_termscript, | |
| 5646 1, 1, "FOpen termscript file: ", | |
| 5647 "Start writing all terminal output to FILE as well as the terminal.\n\ | |
| 5648 FILE = nil means just close any termscript file currently open.") | |
| 5649 (file) | |
| 5650 Lisp_Object file; | |
| 5651 { | |
| 5652 if (termscript != 0) fclose (termscript); | |
| 5653 termscript = 0; | |
| 5654 | |
| 5655 if (! NILP (file)) | |
| 5656 { | |
| 5657 file = Fexpand_file_name (file, Qnil); | |
| 5658 termscript = fopen (XSTRING (file)->data, "w"); | |
| 5659 if (termscript == 0) | |
| 5660 report_file_error ("Opening termscript", Fcons (file, Qnil)); | |
| 5661 } | |
| 5662 return Qnil; | |
| 5663 } | |
| 5664 | |
| 5665 | |
| 314 | 5666 DEFUN ("send-string-to-terminal", Fsend_string_to_terminal, |
| 5667 Ssend_string_to_terminal, 1, 1, 0, | |
| 5668 "Send STRING to the terminal without alteration.\n\ | |
| 5669 Control characters in STRING will have terminal-dependent effects.") | |
|
14068
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
5670 (string) |
|
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
5671 Lisp_Object string; |
| 314 | 5672 { |
|
20618
d5acac3af6e3
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Use size_byte.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19627
diff
changeset
|
5673 /* ??? Perhaps we should do something special for multibyte strings here. */ |
|
14068
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
5674 CHECK_STRING (string, 0); |
|
21244
50929073a0ba
Use STRING_BYTES and SET_STRING_BYTES.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20708
diff
changeset
|
5675 fwrite (XSTRING (string)->data, 1, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)), stdout); |
| 314 | 5676 fflush (stdout); |
| 5677 if (termscript) | |
| 5678 { | |
|
21244
50929073a0ba
Use STRING_BYTES and SET_STRING_BYTES.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20708
diff
changeset
|
5679 fwrite (XSTRING (string)->data, 1, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)), |
|
50929073a0ba
Use STRING_BYTES and SET_STRING_BYTES.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20708
diff
changeset
|
5680 termscript); |
| 314 | 5681 fflush (termscript); |
| 5682 } | |
| 5683 return Qnil; | |
| 5684 } | |
| 5685 | |
| 25012 | 5686 |
| 314 | 5687 DEFUN ("ding", Fding, Sding, 0, 1, 0, |
| 5688 "Beep, or flash the screen.\n\ | |
| 5689 Also, unless an argument is given,\n\ | |
| 5690 terminate any keyboard macro currently executing.") | |
| 5691 (arg) | |
| 5692 Lisp_Object arg; | |
| 5693 { | |
| 493 | 5694 if (!NILP (arg)) |
| 314 | 5695 { |
|
649
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
5696 if (noninteractive) |
|
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
5697 putchar (07); |
|
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
5698 else |
|
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
5699 ring_bell (); |
| 314 | 5700 fflush (stdout); |
| 5701 } | |
| 5702 else | |
| 5703 bitch_at_user (); | |
| 5704 | |
| 5705 return Qnil; | |
| 5706 } | |
| 5707 | |
| 21514 | 5708 void |
| 314 | 5709 bitch_at_user () |
| 5710 { | |
| 5711 if (noninteractive) | |
| 5712 putchar (07); | |
| 25012 | 5713 else if (!INTERACTIVE) /* Stop executing a keyboard macro. */ |
| 314 | 5714 error ("Keyboard macro terminated by a command ringing the bell"); |
| 5715 else | |
| 5716 ring_bell (); | |
| 5717 fflush (stdout); | |
| 5718 } | |
| 5719 | |
| 25012 | 5720 |
| 5721 | |
| 5722 /*********************************************************************** | |
| 5723 Sleeping, Waiting | |
| 5724 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 5725 | |
| 314 | 5726 DEFUN ("sleep-for", Fsleep_for, Ssleep_for, 1, 2, 0, |
|
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5727 "Pause, without updating display, for SECONDS seconds.\n\ |
| 2648 | 5728 SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a\n\ |
| 5729 fraction of a second. Optional second arg MILLISECONDS specifies an\n\ | |
| 5730 additional wait period, in milliseconds; this may be useful if your\n\ | |
| 5731 Emacs was built without floating point support.\n\ | |
| 5732 \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.)") | |
|
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5733 (seconds, milliseconds) |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5734 Lisp_Object seconds, milliseconds; |
| 314 | 5735 { |
|
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5736 int sec, usec; |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5737 |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5738 if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
|
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
5739 XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
|
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5740 else |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5741 CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds, 1); |
| 2648 | 5742 usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
| 5743 | |
| 5744 { | |
| 5745 double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
| 5746 sec = (int) duration; | |
| 5747 usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
| 5748 } | |
| 314 | 5749 |
|
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5750 #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5751 if (sec == 0 && usec != 0) |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5752 error ("millisecond `sleep-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5753 #endif |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5754 |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5755 /* Assure that 0 <= usec < 1000000. */ |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5756 if (usec < 0) |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5757 { |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5758 /* We can't rely on the rounding being correct if user is negative. */ |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5759 if (-1000000 < usec) |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5760 sec--, usec += 1000000; |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5761 else |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5762 sec -= -usec / 1000000, usec = 1000000 - (-usec % 1000000); |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5763 } |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5764 else |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5765 sec += usec / 1000000, usec %= 1000000; |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5766 |
|
14646
68fe10d1abd0
(Fsleep_for): Accept sub-second intervals.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14459
diff
changeset
|
5767 if (sec < 0 || (sec == 0 && usec == 0)) |
| 314 | 5768 return Qnil; |
| 5769 | |
| 650 | 5770 { |
| 5771 Lisp_Object zero; | |
| 5772 | |
|
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
5773 XSETFASTINT (zero, 0); |
| 650 | 5774 wait_reading_process_input (sec, usec, zero, 0); |
| 5775 } | |
| 587 | 5776 |
|
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5777 /* We should always have wait_reading_process_input; we have a dummy |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5778 implementation for systems which don't support subprocesses. */ |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5779 #if 0 |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5780 /* No wait_reading_process_input */ |
| 314 | 5781 immediate_quit = 1; |
| 5782 QUIT; | |
| 5783 | |
| 5784 #ifdef VMS | |
| 5785 sys_sleep (sec); | |
| 5786 #else /* not VMS */ | |
| 5787 /* The reason this is done this way | |
| 5788 (rather than defined (H_S) && defined (H_T)) | |
| 5789 is because the VMS preprocessor doesn't grok `defined' */ | |
| 5790 #ifdef HAVE_SELECT | |
| 554 | 5791 EMACS_GET_TIME (end_time); |
| 5792 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (timeout, sec, usec); | |
| 587 | 5793 EMACS_ADD_TIME (end_time, end_time, timeout); |
| 554 | 5794 |
| 314 | 5795 while (1) |
| 5796 { | |
| 554 | 5797 EMACS_GET_TIME (timeout); |
| 5798 EMACS_SUB_TIME (timeout, end_time, timeout); | |
| 5799 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (timeout) | |
| 5800 || !select (1, 0, 0, 0, &timeout)) | |
| 314 | 5801 break; |
| 5802 } | |
| 5803 #else /* not HAVE_SELECT */ | |
| 5804 sleep (sec); | |
| 5805 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */ | |
| 5806 #endif /* not VMS */ | |
| 5807 | |
| 5808 immediate_quit = 0; | |
| 5809 #endif /* no subprocesses */ | |
| 5810 | |
| 5811 return Qnil; | |
| 5812 } | |
| 5813 | |
| 25012 | 5814 |
| 650 | 5815 /* This is just like wait_reading_process_input, except that |
| 5816 it does the redisplay. | |
| 5817 | |
|
5223
db2e7e6a488e
(Fsit_for): Call prepare_menu_bars.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5218
diff
changeset
|
5818 It's also much like Fsit_for, except that it can be used for |
|
11411
91bcce2fd486
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Ignore buffers whose names start with space.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
5819 waiting for input as well. */ |
| 650 | 5820 |
| 5821 Lisp_Object | |
|
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
5822 sit_for (sec, usec, reading, display, initial_display) |
|
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
5823 int sec, usec, reading, display, initial_display; |
| 314 | 5824 { |
| 650 | 5825 Lisp_Object read_kbd; |
| 314 | 5826 |
|
14964
9938201005a3
(sit_for): Call swallow_events.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14903
diff
changeset
|
5827 swallow_events (display); |
|
9938201005a3
(sit_for): Call swallow_events.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14903
diff
changeset
|
5828 |
|
14757
99125e1e8bac
(sit_for): Pass DISPLAY to detect_input_pending_run_timers.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14646
diff
changeset
|
5829 if (detect_input_pending_run_timers (display)) |
| 314 | 5830 return Qnil; |
| 650 | 5831 |
|
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
5832 if (initial_display) |
| 314 | 5833 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (); |
| 5834 | |
| 673 | 5835 if (sec == 0 && usec == 0) |
| 5836 return Qt; | |
| 5837 | |
| 314 | 5838 #ifdef SIGIO |
|
1915
98ecf99d7b1a
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Pass the correct number of arguments to
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1872
diff
changeset
|
5839 gobble_input (0); |
| 650 | 5840 #endif |
| 5841 | |
|
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
5842 XSETINT (read_kbd, reading ? -1 : 1); |
| 650 | 5843 wait_reading_process_input (sec, usec, read_kbd, display); |
| 5844 | |
| 314 | 5845 return detect_input_pending () ? Qnil : Qt; |
| 5846 } | |
| 5847 | |
| 25012 | 5848 |
| 650 | 5849 DEFUN ("sit-for", Fsit_for, Ssit_for, 1, 3, 0, |
|
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5850 "Perform redisplay, then wait for SECONDS seconds or until input is available.\n\ |
| 2648 | 5851 SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a\n\ |
| 5852 fraction of a second. Optional second arg MILLISECONDS specifies an\n\ | |
| 5853 additional wait period, in milliseconds; this may be useful if your\n\ | |
| 5854 Emacs was built without floating point support.\n\ | |
| 5855 \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.)\n\ | |
|
14068
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
5856 Optional third arg NODISP non-nil means don't redisplay, just wait for input.\n\ |
| 650 | 5857 Redisplay is preempted as always if input arrives, and does not happen\n\ |
| 5858 if input is available before it starts.\n\ | |
| 5859 Value is t if waited the full time with no input arriving.") | |
|
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5860 (seconds, milliseconds, nodisp) |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5861 Lisp_Object seconds, milliseconds, nodisp; |
| 650 | 5862 { |
|
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5863 int sec, usec; |
| 650 | 5864 |
|
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5865 if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
|
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
5866 XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
|
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5867 else |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5868 CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds, 1); |
| 2648 | 5869 usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
| 5870 | |
| 5871 { | |
| 5872 double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
| 5873 sec = (int) duration; | |
| 5874 usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
| 5875 } | |
|
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5876 |
| 650 | 5877 #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
|
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5878 if (usec != 0 && sec == 0) |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5879 error ("millisecond `sit-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); |
| 650 | 5880 #endif |
| 5881 | |
|
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
5882 return sit_for (sec, usec, 0, NILP (nodisp), NILP (nodisp)); |
| 650 | 5883 } |
| 25012 | 5884 |
| 5885 | |
| 314 | 5886 |
| 25012 | 5887 /*********************************************************************** |
| 5888 Other Lisp Functions | |
| 5889 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 5890 | |
| 5891 /* A vector of size >= 2 * NFRAMES + 3 * NBUFFERS + 1, containing the | |
| 5892 session's frames, frame names, buffers, buffer-read-only flags, and | |
| 5893 buffer-modified-flags, and a trailing sentinel (so we don't need to | |
| 5894 add length checks). */ | |
| 5895 | |
| 5896 static Lisp_Object frame_and_buffer_state; | |
| 5897 | |
| 5898 | |
| 5899 DEFUN ("frame-or-buffer-changed-p", Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p, | |
| 5900 Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p, 0, 0, 0, | |
| 5901 "Return non-nil if the frame and buffer state appears to have changed.\n\ | |
| 5902 The state variable is an internal vector containing all frames and buffers,\n\ | |
| 5903 aside from buffers whose names start with space,\n\ | |
| 5904 along with the buffers' read-only and modified flags, which allows a fast\n\ | |
| 5905 check to see whether the menu bars might need to be recomputed.\n\ | |
| 5906 If this function returns non-nil, it updates the internal vector to reflect\n\ | |
| 5907 the current state.\n") | |
| 5908 () | |
| 5909 { | |
| 5910 Lisp_Object tail, frame, buf; | |
| 5911 Lisp_Object *vecp; | |
| 5912 int n; | |
| 5913 | |
| 5914 vecp = XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents; | |
| 5915 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
| 5916 { | |
| 5917 if (!EQ (*vecp++, frame)) | |
| 5918 goto changed; | |
| 5919 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XFRAME (frame)->name)) | |
| 5920 goto changed; | |
| 5921 } | |
| 5922 /* Check that the buffer info matches. | |
| 5923 No need to test for the end of the vector | |
| 5924 because the last element of the vector is lambda | |
| 5925 and that will always cause a mismatch. */ | |
|
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
5926 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
| 25012 | 5927 { |
|
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
5928 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
| 25012 | 5929 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
| 5930 if (XSTRING (XBUFFER (buf)->name)->data[0] == ' ') | |
| 5931 continue; | |
| 5932 if (!EQ (*vecp++, buf)) | |
| 5933 goto changed; | |
| 5934 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XBUFFER (buf)->read_only)) | |
| 5935 goto changed; | |
| 5936 if (!EQ (*vecp++, Fbuffer_modified_p (buf))) | |
| 5937 goto changed; | |
| 5938 } | |
| 5939 /* Detect deletion of a buffer at the end of the list. */ | |
| 5940 if (EQ (*vecp, Qlambda)) | |
| 5941 return Qnil; | |
| 5942 changed: | |
| 5943 /* Start with 1 so there is room for at least one lambda at the end. */ | |
| 5944 n = 1; | |
| 5945 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
| 5946 n += 2; | |
|
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
5947 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
| 25012 | 5948 n += 3; |
| 5949 /* Reallocate the vector if it's grown, or if it's shrunk a lot. */ | |
| 5950 if (n > XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size | |
| 5951 || n + 20 < XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size / 2) | |
| 5952 /* Add 20 extra so we grow it less often. */ | |
| 5953 frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (n + 20), Qlambda); | |
| 5954 vecp = XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents; | |
| 5955 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
| 5956 { | |
| 5957 *vecp++ = frame; | |
| 5958 *vecp++ = XFRAME (frame)->name; | |
| 5959 } | |
|
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
5960 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
| 25012 | 5961 { |
|
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
5962 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
| 25012 | 5963 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
| 5964 if (XSTRING (XBUFFER (buf)->name)->data[0] == ' ') | |
| 5965 continue; | |
| 5966 *vecp++ = buf; | |
| 5967 *vecp++ = XBUFFER (buf)->read_only; | |
| 5968 *vecp++ = Fbuffer_modified_p (buf); | |
| 5969 } | |
| 5970 /* Fill up the vector with lambdas (always at least one). */ | |
| 5971 *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
| 5972 while (vecp - XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents | |
| 5973 < XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size) | |
| 5974 *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
| 5975 /* Make sure we didn't overflow the vector. */ | |
| 5976 if (vecp - XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents | |
| 5977 > XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size) | |
| 5978 abort (); | |
| 5979 return Qt; | |
| 5980 } | |
| 5981 | |
| 5982 | |
| 5983 | |
| 5984 /*********************************************************************** | |
| 5985 Initialization | |
| 5986 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 5987 | |
| 314 | 5988 char *terminal_type; |
| 5989 | |
| 25012 | 5990 /* Initialization done when Emacs fork is started, before doing stty. |
| 5991 Determine terminal type and set terminal_driver. Then invoke its | |
| 5992 decoding routine to set up variables in the terminal package. */ | |
| 314 | 5993 |
| 21514 | 5994 void |
| 314 | 5995 init_display () |
| 5996 { | |
| 5997 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS | |
| 5998 extern int display_arg; | |
| 5999 #endif | |
| 6000 | |
| 25012 | 6001 /* Construct the space glyph. */ |
| 6002 space_glyph.type = CHAR_GLYPH; | |
| 6003 SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (space_glyph, ' '); | |
| 6004 space_glyph.charpos = -1; | |
| 6005 | |
| 314 | 6006 meta_key = 0; |
| 6007 inverse_video = 0; | |
| 6008 cursor_in_echo_area = 0; | |
| 6009 terminal_type = (char *) 0; | |
| 6010 | |
|
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6011 /* Now is the time to initialize this; it's used by init_sys_modes |
|
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6012 during startup. */ |
|
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6013 Vwindow_system = Qnil; |
| 314 | 6014 |
|
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6015 /* If the user wants to use a window system, we shouldn't bother |
|
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6016 initializing the terminal. This is especially important when the |
|
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6017 terminal is so dumb that emacs gives up before and doesn't bother |
|
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6018 using the window system. |
|
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6019 |
|
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6020 If the DISPLAY environment variable is set and nonempty, |
|
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6021 try to use X, and die with an error message if that doesn't work. */ |
| 314 | 6022 |
| 6023 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS | |
|
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6024 if (! display_arg) |
|
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6025 { |
|
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6026 char *display; |
|
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6027 #ifdef VMS |
|
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6028 display = getenv ("DECW$DISPLAY"); |
|
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6029 #else |
|
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6030 display = getenv ("DISPLAY"); |
|
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6031 #endif |
|
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6032 |
|
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6033 display_arg = (display != 0 && *display != 0); |
| 2364 | 6034 } |
|
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6035 |
|
18774
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6036 if (!inhibit_window_system && display_arg |
|
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6037 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP |
|
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6038 && initialized |
|
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6039 #endif |
|
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6040 ) |
| 314 | 6041 { |
| 6042 Vwindow_system = intern ("x"); | |
| 6043 #ifdef HAVE_X11 | |
| 6044 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (11); | |
| 6045 #else | |
| 6046 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (10); | |
| 6047 #endif | |
|
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6048 #if defined (LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
|
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6049 /* In some versions of ncurses, |
| 15282 | 6050 tputs crashes if we have not called tgetent. |
|
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6051 So call tgetent. */ |
|
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6052 { char b[2044]; tgetent (b, "xterm");} |
|
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6053 #endif |
| 25012 | 6054 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
| 314 | 6055 return; |
| 6056 } | |
| 6057 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ | |
| 6058 | |
|
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6059 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
|
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6060 if (!inhibit_window_system) |
|
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6061 { |
|
16589
ec300a10e407
(init_display) [HAVE_NTGUI]: Use w32 for window-system.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16412
diff
changeset
|
6062 Vwindow_system = intern ("w32"); |
|
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6063 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (1); |
| 25012 | 6064 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
|
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6065 return; |
|
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6066 } |
|
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6067 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
|
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6068 |
| 314 | 6069 /* If no window system has been specified, try to use the terminal. */ |
| 6070 if (! isatty (0)) | |
| 6071 { | |
|
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6072 fatal ("standard input is not a tty"); |
| 314 | 6073 exit (1); |
| 6074 } | |
| 6075 | |
| 6076 /* Look at the TERM variable */ | |
| 6077 terminal_type = (char *) getenv ("TERM"); | |
| 6078 if (!terminal_type) | |
| 6079 { | |
| 6080 #ifdef VMS | |
| 6081 fprintf (stderr, "Please specify your terminal type.\n\ | |
| 6082 For types defined in VMS, use set term /device=TYPE.\n\ | |
| 6083 For types not defined in VMS, use define emacs_term \"TYPE\".\n\ | |
| 6084 \(The quotation marks are necessary since terminal types are lower case.)\n"); | |
| 6085 #else | |
| 6086 fprintf (stderr, "Please set the environment variable TERM; see tset(1).\n"); | |
| 6087 #endif | |
| 6088 exit (1); | |
| 6089 } | |
| 6090 | |
| 6091 #ifdef VMS | |
| 25012 | 6092 /* VMS DCL tends to up-case things, so down-case term type. |
| 314 | 6093 Hardly any uppercase letters in terminal types; should be none. */ |
| 6094 { | |
| 6095 char *new = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (terminal_type) + 1); | |
| 6096 char *p; | |
| 6097 | |
| 6098 strcpy (new, terminal_type); | |
| 6099 | |
| 6100 for (p = new; *p; p++) | |
| 6101 if (isupper (*p)) | |
| 6102 *p = tolower (*p); | |
| 6103 | |
| 6104 terminal_type = new; | |
| 6105 } | |
| 25012 | 6106 #endif /* VMS */ |
| 314 | 6107 |
| 6108 term_init (terminal_type); | |
| 25012 | 6109 |
|
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6110 { |
|
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6111 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
|
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6112 int width = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (sf); |
|
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6113 int height = FRAME_HEIGHT (sf); |
|
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6114 |
| 25012 | 6115 unsigned int total_glyphs = height * (width + 2) * sizeof (struct glyph); |
| 6116 | |
| 6117 /* If these sizes are so big they cause overflow, just ignore the | |
| 6118 change. It's not clear what better we could do. */ | |
| 6119 if (total_glyphs / sizeof (struct glyph) / height != width + 2) | |
|
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6120 fatal ("screen size %dx%d too big", width, height); |
|
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6121 } |
|
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6122 |
| 25012 | 6123 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
|
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6124 calculate_costs (XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
| 314 | 6125 |
| 6126 #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
| 6127 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP | |
| 6128 if (initialized) | |
| 6129 #endif /* CANNOT_DUMP */ | |
| 6130 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); | |
| 6131 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
| 25012 | 6132 |
| 6133 /* Set up faces of the initial terminal frame of a dumped Emacs. */ | |
| 6134 if (initialized | |
| 6135 && !noninteractive | |
|
25118
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6136 #ifdef MSDOS |
|
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6137 /* The MSDOS terminal turns on its ``window system'' relatively |
|
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6138 late into the startup, so we cannot do the frame faces' |
|
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6139 initialization just yet. It will be done later by pc-win.el |
|
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6140 and internal_terminal_init. */ |
|
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6141 && (strcmp (terminal_type, "internal") != 0 || inhibit_window_system) |
|
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6142 #endif |
| 25012 | 6143 && NILP (Vwindow_system)) |
|
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6144 { |
|
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6145 /* For the initial frame, we don't have any way of knowing what |
|
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6146 are the foreground and background colors of the terminal. */ |
|
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6147 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME(); |
|
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6148 |
|
26902
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6149 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR; |
|
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6150 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR; |
|
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6151 call0 (intern ("tty-set-up-initial-frame-faces")); |
|
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6152 } |
| 314 | 6153 } |
| 25012 | 6154 |
| 6155 | |
| 314 | 6156 |
| 25012 | 6157 /*********************************************************************** |
| 6158 Blinking cursor | |
| 6159 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 6160 | |
|
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6161 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor", Finternal_show_cursor, |
|
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6162 Sinternal_show_cursor, 2, 2, 0, |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6163 "Set the cursor-visibility flag of WINDOW to SHOW.\n\ |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6164 WINDOW nil means use the selected window. SHOW non-nil means\n\ |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6165 show a cursor in WINDOW in the next redisplay. SHOW nil means\n\ |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6166 don't show a cursor.") |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6167 (window, show) |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6168 Lisp_Object window, show; |
| 25012 | 6169 { |
| 6170 /* Don't change cursor state while redisplaying. This could confuse | |
| 6171 output routines. */ | |
| 6172 if (!redisplaying_p) | |
| 6173 { | |
| 6174 if (NILP (window)) | |
| 6175 window = selected_window; | |
| 6176 else | |
| 6177 CHECK_WINDOW (window, 2); | |
| 6178 | |
|
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6179 XWINDOW (window)->cursor_off_p = NILP (show); |
| 25012 | 6180 } |
| 6181 | |
| 6182 return Qnil; | |
| 6183 } | |
| 6184 | |
| 6185 | |
|
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6186 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor-p", Finternal_show_cursor_p, |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6187 Sinternal_show_cursor_p, 0, 1, 0, |
|
26499
10af169a628b
(Finternal_show_cursor_p): Fix doc string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26334
diff
changeset
|
6188 "Value is non-nil if next redisplay will display a cursor in WINDOW.\n\ |
|
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6189 WINDOW nil or omitted means report on the selected window.") |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6190 (window) |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6191 Lisp_Object window; |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6192 { |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6193 struct window *w; |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6194 |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6195 if (NILP (window)) |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6196 window = selected_window; |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6197 else |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6198 CHECK_WINDOW (window, 2); |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6199 |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6200 w = XWINDOW (window); |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6201 return w->cursor_off_p ? Qnil : Qt; |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6202 } |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6203 |
| 25012 | 6204 |
| 6205 /*********************************************************************** | |
| 6206 Initialization | |
| 6207 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 6208 | |
| 21514 | 6209 void |
| 314 | 6210 syms_of_display () |
| 6211 { | |
| 764 | 6212 defsubr (&Sredraw_frame); |
| 314 | 6213 defsubr (&Sredraw_display); |
|
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6214 defsubr (&Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p); |
| 314 | 6215 defsubr (&Sopen_termscript); |
| 6216 defsubr (&Sding); | |
| 6217 defsubr (&Ssit_for); | |
| 6218 defsubr (&Ssleep_for); | |
| 6219 defsubr (&Ssend_string_to_terminal); | |
|
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6220 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor); |
|
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6221 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor_p); |
| 314 | 6222 |
|
12186
6811992e871c
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Calculate vector size right.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11919
diff
changeset
|
6223 frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (20), Qlambda); |
|
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6224 staticpro (&frame_and_buffer_state); |
|
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6225 |
|
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6226 Qdisplay_table = intern ("display-table"); |
|
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6227 staticpro (&Qdisplay_table); |
|
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6228 |
| 314 | 6229 DEFVAR_INT ("baud-rate", &baud_rate, |
|
7926
b87f2c705501
(syms_of_display): Make baud-rate a user var.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7900
diff
changeset
|
6230 "*The output baud rate of the terminal.\n\ |
| 314 | 6231 On most systems, changing this value will affect the amount of padding\n\ |
| 6232 and the other strategic decisions made during redisplay."); | |
| 25012 | 6233 |
| 314 | 6234 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inverse-video", &inverse_video, |
| 764 | 6235 "*Non-nil means invert the entire frame display.\n\ |
| 314 | 6236 This means everything is in inverse video which otherwise would not be."); |
| 25012 | 6237 |
| 314 | 6238 DEFVAR_BOOL ("visible-bell", &visible_bell, |
| 764 | 6239 "*Non-nil means try to flash the frame to represent a bell."); |
| 25012 | 6240 |
| 314 | 6241 DEFVAR_BOOL ("no-redraw-on-reenter", &no_redraw_on_reenter, |
| 764 | 6242 "*Non-nil means no need to redraw entire frame after suspending.\n\ |
| 314 | 6243 A non-nil value is useful if the terminal can automatically preserve\n\ |
| 764 | 6244 Emacs's frame display when you reenter Emacs.\n\ |
| 314 | 6245 It is up to you to set this variable if your terminal can do that."); |
| 25012 | 6246 |
| 314 | 6247 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-system", &Vwindow_system, |
| 6248 "A symbol naming the window-system under which Emacs is running\n\ | |
| 6249 \(such as `x'), or nil if emacs is running on an ordinary terminal."); | |
| 25012 | 6250 |
| 314 | 6251 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-system-version", &Vwindow_system_version, |
| 6252 "The version number of the window system in use.\n\ | |
| 6253 For X windows, this is 10 or 11."); | |
| 25012 | 6254 |
| 314 | 6255 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-echo-area", &cursor_in_echo_area, |
| 6256 "Non-nil means put cursor in minibuffer, at end of any message there."); | |
| 25012 | 6257 |
| 314 | 6258 DEFVAR_LISP ("glyph-table", &Vglyph_table, |
| 764 | 6259 "Table defining how to output a glyph code to the frame.\n\ |
| 314 | 6260 If not nil, this is a vector indexed by glyph code to define the glyph.\n\ |
| 6261 Each element can be:\n\ | |
| 6262 integer: a glyph code which this glyph is an alias for.\n\ | |
| 6263 string: output this glyph using that string (not impl. in X windows).\n\ | |
| 6264 nil: this glyph mod 256 is char code to output,\n\ | |
| 6857 | 6265 and this glyph / 256 is face code for X windows (see `face-id')."); |
| 314 | 6266 Vglyph_table = Qnil; |
| 6267 | |
| 6268 DEFVAR_LISP ("standard-display-table", &Vstandard_display_table, | |
| 6269 "Display table to use for buffers that specify none.\n\ | |
| 6270 See `buffer-display-table' for more information."); | |
| 6271 Vstandard_display_table = Qnil; | |
| 6272 | |
| 25012 | 6273 DEFVAR_BOOL ("redisplay-dont-pause", &redisplay_dont_pause, |
| 6274 "*Non-nil means update isn't paused when input is detected."); | |
| 6275 redisplay_dont_pause = 0; | |
| 6276 | |
| 314 | 6277 /* Initialize `window-system', unless init_display already decided it. */ |
| 6278 #ifdef CANNOT_DUMP | |
| 6279 if (noninteractive) | |
| 6280 #endif | |
| 6281 { | |
| 6282 Vwindow_system = Qnil; | |
| 6283 Vwindow_system_version = Qnil; | |
| 6284 } | |
| 6285 } |
